#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.oo
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://qa.openoffice.org/issues/enter_bug.cgi?subcompo"
"nent=ui&comment=&short_desc=Localization%20issue%20in%20file%3A%20helpconten"
"t2/source/text/swriter/guide.oo&component=l10n&form_name=enter_issue\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-17 13:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Translate Toolkit 1.2.0\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"

#: anchor_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#bm_id3147828.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring "
"options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmar"
"k_value><bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fram"
"es;anchoring options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring "
"options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML "
"pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#hd_id3147828.45.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning "
"Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3147251.46.help.text
msgid ""
"You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. "
"An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. "
"The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145599.47.help.text
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145622.48.help.text
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145650.49.help.text
msgid "As character"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151181.50.help.text
msgid ""
"Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height "
"of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of "
"the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_idN10674.help.text
msgid ""
"To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as "
"character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151212.51.help.text
msgid "To character"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151235.52.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155071.53.help.text
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155094.54.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155122.55.help.text
msgid "To page"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155144.56.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145674.57.help.text
msgid "To frame"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145697.58.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145715.59.help.text
msgid ""
"When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where "
"the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item "
"to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-"
"click the item, and then choose an option from the <emph>Anchor "
"</emph>submenu."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#bm_id3149973.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rearran"
"ging headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_valu"
"e><bookmark_value>demoting heading "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>promoting heading "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters"
"</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value><bookmar"
"k_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3149973.58.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document "
"by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the "
"Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3147795.59.help.text
msgid ""
"You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by "
"using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use "
"this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the "
"predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a "
"heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in "
"the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the "
"<emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145652.62.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click "
"the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155461.60.help.text
msgid ""
"To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the "
"workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3151184.70.help.text
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id0915200809400790.help.text
msgid ""
"Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all "
"levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are "
"shown."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151206.71.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon "
"<image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_navigator.png\" "
"width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">{ENTER ALTERNATE "
"DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151238.72.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon "
"<image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" "
"height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION "
"HERE}</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74.help.text
msgctxt "arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155114.63.help.text
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155139.75.help.text
msgid ""
"Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the "
"<emph>Promote Chapter</emph><image id=\"img_id4217546\" "
"src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id4217546\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image> or "
"<emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" "
"src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id6505788\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145758.64.help.text
msgid ""
"To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you "
"drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter "
"</emph>icons."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155402.76.help.text
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155424.77.help.text
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list. "
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_idN1081C.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>Promote Level </emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" "
"src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id5564488\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image> or "
"<emph>Demote Level </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" "
"src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id3159363\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155525.78.help.text
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151352.79.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" "
"src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id3151310\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image>, and "
"then select a number from the list."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147407.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while "
"typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while "
"typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_v"
"alue><bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic "
"numbering; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullets; "
"using automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic "
"bullets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic "
"numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147407.26.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or "
"Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You "
"Type</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3155525.16.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3154243.28.help.text
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152830.29.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, click the "
"<emph>Options</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Apply Numbering - "
"Symbol</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152867.30.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While "
"Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id2357860.help.text
msgid ""
"The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are "
"formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph "
"style."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3152897.21.help.text
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147773.22.help.text
msgid ""
"Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted "
"list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a "
"period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147794.23.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph "
"automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147814.31.help.text
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147287.25.help.text
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3154083.27.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - "
"Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect "
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#bm_id3154250.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>turning off automatic "
"correction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic "
"correction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to "
"lowercase</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small "
"letters after periods</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>quotation "
"marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;automatic "
"replacement on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing o"
"n/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value><boo"
"kmark_value>borders; automatic drawing "
"on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_va"
"lue><bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCo"
"rrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147812.16.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" "
"name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off "
"AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3147833.2.help.text
msgid ""
"By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors "
"and applies formatting while you type. "
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_idN1081B.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. "
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_idN10846.help.text
msgid ""
"To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu "
"<emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147251.12.help.text
msgid "To remove a word from the AutoCorrect list:"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145596.23.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145620.15.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to "
"remove."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145645.24.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3145668.4.help.text
msgid "To stop replacing quotation marks:"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151220.7.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Custom Quotes</emph> tab"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151245.25.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Replace</emph> check box(es)."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155076.8.help.text
msgid "To stop capitalizing the first letter of a sentence:"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155099.10.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155099.10.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155148.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Clear the <emph>Capitalize first letter of every sentence</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155401.17.help.text
msgid "To stop drawing a line when you type three identical characters:"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155415.22.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the "
"following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155488.27.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Apply border</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#bm_id3154265.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck "
"on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic "
"spellcheck</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>checking spelling;while "
"typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;disabling "
"spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154265.31.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check "
"Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3154664.5.help.text
msgid ""
"You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and "
"underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154678.41.help.text
msgid "To check spelling automatically while you type:"
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155531.42.help.text
msgid "Activate the <emph>AutoSpellcheck </emph>icon on the Standard bar."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155569.33.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested "
"replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect "
"</emph>submenu."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147759.6.help.text
msgid ""
"If you choose a word from the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> submenu, the "
"underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the "
"<emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list for the current language. To view the "
"<emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> "
"Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147819.7.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing "
"<emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3147220.32.help.text
msgid "To exclude words from the spellcheck:"
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147263.35.help.text
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147282.36.help.text
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145602.38.help.text
msgid "Choose None (Do not check spelling)."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145648.40.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new "
"dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#bm_id3152887.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding "
"exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function<"
"/bookmark_value><bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value><bookmark_valu"
"e>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#hd_id3152887.10.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the "
"AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect "
"List</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3154254.11.help.text
msgid ""
"You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words "
"that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. "
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3144875.17.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also "
"adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions "
"list."
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#hd_id3155554.12.help.text
msgid "To Add an Exception to the AutoCorrect Exceptions List"
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3155576.13.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click "
"the <emph>Exceptions </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18.help.text
msgctxt "autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147786.19.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no "
"subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147812.20.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and "
"click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#bm_id3155521.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>networks and "
"AutoText directories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;AutoText "
"shortcuts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;AutoText "
"shortcuts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text "
"blocks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text "
"blocks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155521.26.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" "
"name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3150534.27.help.text
msgid ""
"In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, "
"tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text "
"later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155539.48.help.text
msgid "Creating an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155560.47.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save "
"as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a "
"character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155581.57.help.text
msgid "Choose<emph> Edit - AutoText</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147761.58.help.text
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147779.59.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the "
"<emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText "
"option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147807.60.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>. "
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_idN10732.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3147282.39.help.text
msgid "Inserting an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145597.61.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145615.28.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - "
"AutoText\"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145644.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click<emph> "
"Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145668.30.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or "
"click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText </emph>icon on the "
"<emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry. "
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155090.43.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type \"FN\", and then press F3. "
"If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. "
"To insert dummy text, type \"DT\", and then press F3. "
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155115.45.help.text
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155136.44.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155160.62.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, double-click \"%PRODUCTNAME Macros - "
"Gimmicks\"."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151277.63.help.text
msgid ""
"Select \"AutoText\" and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current "
"AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64.help.text
msgctxt "autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3151327.49.help.text
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151355.50.help.text
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151370.51.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on "
"a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151390.52.help.text
msgid ""
"The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3154960.53.help.text
msgid ""
"Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server "
"installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two "
"AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the "
"user directory is used."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3154995.42.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Edit - "
"AutoText</link>"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155012.46.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word "
"Completion</link>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#bm_id3149346.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wor"
"ds;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; "
"backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;  "
"backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; "
"backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; "
"backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#hd_id3149346.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" "
"name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background "
"Colors or Background Graphics</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id7355265.help.text
msgid ""
"You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for "
"various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#hd_id3147653.3.help.text
msgid "Applying a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3150669.4.help.text
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3155390.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3153665.6.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#hd_id3153541.7.help.text
msgid "Applying a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3145119.8.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3158430.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3151245.10.help.text
msgctxt "background.xhp#par_id3151245.10.help.text"
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a "
"background graphic."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#hd_id3149294.11.help.text
msgid "Applying a Background To All or Part of a Text Table"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3154346.12.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3148664.13.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3154938.14.help.text
msgctxt "background.xhp#par_id3154938.14.help.text"
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a "
"background graphic."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3156280.15.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should "
"apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select "
"several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the "
"selection."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#hd_id3151041.31.help.text
msgid "Applying a Background to Parts of a Text Table Using an Icon"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3150767.32.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color "
"on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3147084.33.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the "
"cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <emph>Background "
"Color </emph>toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_idN10A56.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlighting icon</link>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id3156180.30.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab "
"page\"><emph>Background</emph> tab page</link>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id4922025.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp#par_id478530.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page "
"Styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects "
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#bm_id3146957.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>objects; defining "
"borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; for "
"objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_val"
"ue><bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;b"
"orders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE "
"objects;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;object "
"borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3146957.17.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"border_object\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for "
"Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3146797.1.help.text
msgid ""
"In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, "
"diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used "
"depends on the object selected."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2.help.text"
msgid "Setting a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3155388.3.help.text
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3149578.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar "
"or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. "
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3159176.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border "
"style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7.help.text"
msgid "Setting a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3153896.8.help.text
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3156344.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - (object name) - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3154071.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to "
"appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the "
"selection of an edge."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12.help.text"
msgid ""
"Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the "
"<emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are "
"included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13.help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3150447.14.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the "
"<emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#bm_id3156136.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>pages;defining "
"borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; for "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; around "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3156136.15.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" "
"name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> "
"</variable>"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148473.1.help.text
msgid ""
"In Writer, you can define borders for page styles, not individual pages. All "
"changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. "
"Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in "
"$[officename]."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2.help.text"
msgid "Setting a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3150771.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5.help.text"
msgid ""
"Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the "
"<emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are "
"included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6.help.text"
msgid ""
"Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the "
"<emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8.help.text"
msgid "Setting a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to "
"appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the "
"selection of an edge."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11.help.text"
msgid ""
"Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the "
"<emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are "
"included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12.help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13.help.text"
msgid ""
"Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the "
"<emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents "
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#bm_id6737876.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>borders;for text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;borders in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;table borders in "
"Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;around text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;defining "
"borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#hd_id3614917.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User "
"Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1069368.help.text
msgid ""
"You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a "
"Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can "
"have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page "
"styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id6527298.help.text
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id6129947.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table properties</item>."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id8141117.help.text
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id6016418.help.text
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5282448.help.text
msgid ""
"The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply "
"multiple border styles."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#hd_id3547166.help.text
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1108432.help.text
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id2422559.help.text
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1053498.help.text
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1076998.help.text
msgid ""
"One cell selected in a table of more that one cell size, or cursor inside a "
"table with no cell selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id4240241.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.5937inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell "
"border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id162053.help.text
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5021820.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.6146inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected "
"cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id3549607.help.text
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id2544328.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.6252inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column "
"selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1636402.help.text
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id7450483.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.6043inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected "
"border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5741752.help.text
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id570085.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" "
"width=\"1.2811inch\" height=\"1.6043inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block "
"selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#hd_id5044099.help.text
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id626544.help.text
msgid ""
"Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple "
"borders."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id292062.help.text
msgid ""
"The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or "
"cleared."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1361735.help.text
msgid ""
"The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the "
"selected line style and color."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id82399.help.text
msgid ""
"The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#hd_id7144993.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#hd_id7144993.help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5528427.help.text
msgid ""
"Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - "
"Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id4194158.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" "
"width=\"1.1354inch\" height=\"0.25inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons "
"for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id7253028.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and "
"all inner lines."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id9441206.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all "
"other lines."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id7276833.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not "
"changed."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5273293.help.text
msgid ""
"Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#hd_id5110019.help.text
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1820734.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove "
"individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. "
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id7093111.help.text
msgid ""
"Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different "
"states."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id3673818.help.text
msgid "Line types"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id2593768.help.text
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id2055421.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#par_id2055421.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id9836115.help.text
msgid "A black line"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id6485793.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.1354inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line "
"for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1454512.help.text
msgid ""
"A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is "
"shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines "
"are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id4618671.help.text
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1239356.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.1457inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for "
"border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id9474166.help.text
msgid ""
"A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will "
"not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1545457.help.text
msgid "A white line"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id1681875.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.1354inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line "
"for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id2316660.help.text
msgid ""
"A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will "
"be removed."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#hd_id5908688.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#hd_id5908688.help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5118564.help.text
msgid ""
"Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Table "
"properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id244758.help.text
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id7741325.help.text
msgid ""
"To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id542313.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" "
"width=\"1.2709inch\" height=\"1.1354inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick "
"lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id2210760.help.text
msgid ""
"All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by "
"default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by "
"default. "
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp#par_id5400860.help.text
msgid ""
"All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the "
"cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#bm_id3149909.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>calculating; in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references;in Writer "
"tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#hd_id3149909.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" "
"name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text "
"Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#par_id3149949.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text "
"table."
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#par_id3149972.3.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then "
"press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#par_id3155547.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, \"=10000/12\", and "
"then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#par_id3155565.11.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also click the <emph>Formula </emph>icon on the <emph>Formula "
"Bar</emph>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp#par_id8316904.help.text
msgid ""
"To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the "
"cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another "
"cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#bm_id3147692.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>pasting;results of "
"formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text "
"documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#hd_id3147692.35.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and "
"Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting "
"the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3156366.36.help.text
msgid ""
"If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", "
"$[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in "
"your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3154250.37.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and "
"operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3155496.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign "
"(+)."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3150512.40.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and "
"then choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3155547.41.help.text
msgid "If the formula is selected, it is replaced by the result."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#bm_id3147400.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>totals in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;calculating "
"sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;calculating "
"sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;calculating "
"sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums of table cell "
"series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#hd_id3147400.3.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell "
"Totals in Tables\">Calculating the sum of a series of table "
"cells</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154243.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and "
"more than one row into a text document."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154203.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the "
"column empty."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154222.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the "
"<emph>Sum</emph> icon on the <emph>Table Bar</emph>.<br/>The<emph> Formula "
"Bar</emph> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3147775.15.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final "
"cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating "
"the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150507.8.help.text
msgid ""
"Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of "
"the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150533.10.help.text
msgid ""
"If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated "
"as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3155533.11.help.text
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#bm_id3147406.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>calculating;complex formulas in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;mean "
"values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#hd_id3147406.20.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex "
"Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text "
"Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145245.25.help.text
msgid ""
"You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of "
"the calculation into a text document."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3152901.26.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145078.27.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press "
"F2."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3156382.28.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>Formula </emph>icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical "
"Functions list."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149692.30.help.text
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149481.32.help.text
msgid ""
"Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149823.35.help.text
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#bm_id3153899.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>calculating;in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations "
"in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#hd_id3153899.49.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result "
"of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a "
"Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3154250.6.help.text
msgid ""
"You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result "
"in a different table."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150508.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and "
"then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150528.50.help.text
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155532.29.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>, enter the function that you want to "
"perform, for example, \"=SUM\"."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155577.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus "
"sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32.help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3147776.51.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the "
"table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame "
"remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#bm_id3154248.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;calculating "
"across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#hd_id3154248.11.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across "
"Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147773.12.help.text
msgid ""
"You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147795.13.help.text
msgid ""
"Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in "
"both tables."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147815.14.help.text
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147833.16.help.text
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>, enter the function that you want to "
"perform, for example, \"=SUM\"."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147254.18.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click "
"in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19.help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Captions "
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#bm_id3147691.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>inserting; "
"captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bo"
"okmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_valu"
"e>objects; captioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; "
"labeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; "
"labeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; "
"labeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text frames; "
"labeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting "
"captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>legends, see also "
"captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#hd_id3150537.39.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" "
"name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3153156.22.help.text
msgid ""
"In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, "
"tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3153172.36.help.text
msgid ""
"You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3153186.37.help.text
msgid ""
"When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the "
"caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a "
"table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When "
"you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside "
"the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_idN10713.help.text
msgid ""
"To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these "
"items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#hd_id3155541.23.help.text
msgid "Defining Captions"
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24.help.text
msgctxt "captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24.help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25.help.text
msgctxt "captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3147765.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>. If you "
"want, you can also enter different text in the <emph>Category </emph>box, "
"for example \"Figure\"."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3147254.27.help.text
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3147271.28.help.text
msgid ""
"A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the "
"caption <emph>Category</emph>. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" "
"caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp#par_id3145671.45.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, "
"graphic, frame, or table. Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer "
"- AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#bm_id3147684.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter "
"numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; captioning "
"automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; "
"captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of "
"objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chapter numbers in "
"captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in "
"captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#hd_id3147684.14.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers "
"to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147395.15.help.text
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147408.16.help.text
msgid ""
"Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the "
"chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the "
"predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option "
"to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17.help.text
msgctxt "captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17.help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18.help.text
msgctxt "captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150527.19.help.text
msgid ""
"Select a caption title from the <emph>Category </emph>box, and select a "
"numbering style in the <emph>Numbering </emph>box. You also can enter a "
"caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <emph>Caption "
"</emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153166.39.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153190.45.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Level </emph>box, select the number of heading levels to "
"include in the chapter number."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155553.46.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the "
"caption number in the<emph> Separator</emph> box, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155586.40.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147226.43.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, "
"graphic, or table. Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - "
"AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145567.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption "
"dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145574.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter "
"numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#bm_id3146875.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footers; "
"inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles; changing from "
"selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>new page styles from "
"selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#hd_id3146875.21.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"change_header\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style "
"Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current "
"Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153584.22.help.text
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3154245.24.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, "
"and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3150503.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and "
"Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3150532.27.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New "
"Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153153.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the page in the <emph>Style name </emph>box, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153184.32.help.text
msgid ""
"Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page. "
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155541.33.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the "
"list."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155572.34.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main "
"text area outside of the header."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25.help.text
msgctxt "change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3147771.28.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Type </emph>area, select <emph>Page break</emph> and then "
"select 'Default' from the <emph>Style </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp#par_id3147810.29.help.text
msgid ""
"Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom <emph>Page Style</emph> with a "
"different header."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147682.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;"
"heading numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chapter "
"numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; numbering</bookmark_valu"
"e><bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heading"
"s; own paragraph styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147682.22.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline "
"Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155605.23.help.text
msgid ""
"You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a "
"custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to "
"heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at "
"the top of the outline hierarchy."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155626.35.help.text
msgid "To add automatic numbering to a heading style:"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Numbering </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155891.37.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, select the heading style that you "
"want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3150513.25.help.text
msgid ""
"In the<emph> Numbers</emph> box, select the numbering style that you want to "
"use, and then click<emph> OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107CE.help.text
msgid "To remove automatic outline numbering from a heading paragraph:"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D5.help.text
msgid ""
"Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D9.help.text
msgid ""
"Press the <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item> key to delete the number."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155552.26.help.text
msgid "To use a custom paragraph style as a heading:"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Numbering </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147758.27.help.text
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147782.39.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph "
"style in the<emph> Level</emph> list. "
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#bm_id3155619.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in "
"fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>if-then queries as "
"fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional text; setting "
"up</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; conditional "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155619.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional "
"Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155879.5.help.text
msgid ""
"You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition "
"that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text "
"that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155895.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you "
"create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3153175.61.help.text
msgid "To define a conditional variable:"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3153185.62.help.text
msgid ""
"The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition "
"statement. "
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155566.8.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert -</emph><emph>Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Variables</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147759.9.help.text
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147784.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the variable in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "
"\"Reminder\"."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147810.57.help.text
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the<emph> Format</emph> list."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145614.11.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter \"1\" in the <emph>Value</emph> box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_idN1083F.help.text
msgid "The Format list displays a \"General\" format after you click Insert."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3145645.63.help.text
msgid "To define a condition and the conditional text"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145659.64.help.text
msgid ""
"The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, "
"and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151193.12.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151212.65.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert -</emph><emph>Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13.help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155936.14.help.text
msgid ""
"Type <emph>Reminder EQ \"3\"</emph> in the <emph>Condition </emph>box. In "
"other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the "
"field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155969.15.help.text
msgid ""
"The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you "
"defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150446.16.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the "
"<emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text "
"that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155073.66.help.text
msgid "To display the conditional text:"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155086.67.help.text
msgid ""
"In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the "
"conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155110.19.help.text
msgid ""
"Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part "
"of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155136.68.help.text
msgid ""
"Replace the number in the <emph>Value </emph>box with 3, and then "
"click<emph> Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155168.20.help.text
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145714.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional "
"operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#bm_id3153108.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional "
"text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#hd_id3153108.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for "
"Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156228.3.help.text
msgid ""
"You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" "
"instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document "
"contains more than one page."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156257.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150513.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>, and then enter a space."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150537.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Other</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9.help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145256.7.help.text
msgid "Type \"Page > 1\" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145280.10.help.text
msgid "Type \"Pages\" in the <emph>Then</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145305.11.help.text
msgid "Type \"Page\" in the <emph>Otherwise</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: delete_from_dict.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr ""

#: delete_from_dict.xhp#bm_id3147688.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words "
"from</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words "
"from</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined "
"dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: delete_from_dict.xhp#hd_id3147688.13.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a "
"User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined "
"Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3153417.14.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3151391.16.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <emph>User-"
"defined </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3154233.17.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and "
"then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#bm_id3155919.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text sections; moving and "
"copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;moving and "
"copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving; text "
"sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; text "
"sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text "
"sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying "
"text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#hd_id3155919.10.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" "
"name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in "
"Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3152994.11.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21.help.text
msgctxt "dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154236.13.help.text
msgid ""
"To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the "
"document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a "
"gray box."
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3153142.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"8.47mm\" "
"height=\"8.47mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving "
"data</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154257.14.help.text
msgid ""
"To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline "
"select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you "
"drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+)."
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3152862.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"8.47mm\" "
"height=\"8.47mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying "
"data</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#bm_id3153407.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page "
"styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page "
"styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; left and right "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title pages; page "
"styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>First Page page "
"style</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Left Page page "
"style</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>even/odd "
"pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id3153407.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" "
"name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page "
"Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3154265.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_designerdialog.png\" "
"width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147126.2.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) "
"and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page "
"styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The "
"current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom "
"of the workplace."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3150526.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Page Styles </emph>icon."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153153.6.help.text
msgid ""
"In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose "
"<emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153179.8.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145267.17.help.text
msgid ""
"Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145299.9.help.text
msgid ""
"In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose "
"<emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155529.18.help.text
msgid ""
"Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155561.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the "
"list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155588.19.help.text
msgid ""
"To add a header to one of the page styles, choose<emph> Insert - "
"Header</emph>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. "
"In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147772.20.help.text
msgid ""
"To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose<emph> Insert - "
"Footer</emph>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. "
"In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147254.12.help.text
msgid ""
"If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your "
"document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id888698.help.text
msgid "Suppressing printout of empty pages"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3394573.help.text
msgid ""
"If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, "
"Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those "
"automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id7594225.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id8147221.help.text
msgid ""
"Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank "
"pages</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13.help.text
msgctxt "even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert "
"Break dialog</link>"
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#bm_id3154079.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>fields; converting into "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;fields, into "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;fields, into "
"text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#hd_id3154079.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into "
"Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3149281.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. "
"After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3155608.7.help.text
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3154238.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3154262.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Click \"Unformatted text\" in the<emph> Selection</emph> list, and then "
"click<emph> OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3157551.11.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste "
"Special</link>"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#bm_id3145576.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>upda"
"ting;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value"
"><bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling"
";field highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;field "
"shadings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#hd_id3145576.3.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About "
"Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3154246.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current "
"date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#hd_id3154262.5.help.text
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3150509.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field "
"display between the field name or the field content, choose <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>View - Field "
"Names</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3150536.195.help.text
msgid ""
"To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - "
"Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose "
"<emph>Tools - Options - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the "
"check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3152885.7.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the color of field shadings, choose <link "
"href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - "
"$[officename] - Appearance\"><emph>Tools - Options - $[officename] - "
"Appearance</emph></link>, locate the <emph>Field shadings</emph> option, and "
"then select a different color in the <emph>Color setting </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#hd_id3153166.8.help.text
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3153180.181.help.text
msgid ""
"Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display "
"variable values."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3155533.182.help.text
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3155582.183.help.text
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147760.184.help.text
msgid "Property"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147789.185.help.text
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147812.186.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147216.187.help.text
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147239.188.help.text
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147267.189.help.text
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3147290.190.help.text
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3145614.191.help.text
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3145637.192.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3151244.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-"
"defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the "
"field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the <emph>Extended "
"Tips </emph>option is selected in the <emph>Help</emph> menu."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#hd_id3155937.11.help.text
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3155963.12.help.text
msgid ""
"To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - "
"Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp#par_id3155984.13.help.text
msgid ""
"To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and "
"then press F9."
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#bm_id5111545.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates;"
"inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date "
"fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed "
"dates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#hd_id3155165.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or "
"Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3154491.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open "
"the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3147679.3.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the "
"<emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3153415.5.help.text
msgid "Click 'Date' in the <emph>Type </emph>list and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3155602.6.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, "
"click 'Date' in the <emph>Select </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3154241.4.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert the date as a field that does not update, click 'Date (fixed)' in "
"the <emph>Select </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#bm_id3155916.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields; "
"input fields in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input fields in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#hd_id3155916.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" "
"name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3153409.2.help.text
msgid ""
"An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a "
"dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3145776.3.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other </emph>and click the "
"<emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155620.5.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Input field </emph>in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3154257.6.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert </emph>and type the text for the variable."
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7.help.text
msgctxt "fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3150708.4.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press "
"Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#bm_id3153398.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user data; "
"querying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditions; user data "
"fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific "
"users</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with "
"conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user variables in "
"conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#hd_id3153398.59.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in "
"Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or "
"Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3154239.60.help.text
msgid ""
"You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For "
"example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155889.94.help.text
msgid "Operator"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150508.96.help.text
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150531.97.help.text
msgid "equals"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150725.98.help.text
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150748.99.help.text
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153167.101.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document "
"from a specific user."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153190.102.help.text
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145297.104.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Hide </emph>area, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155533.105.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "
"\"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide "
"the text from. "
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155573.107.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147760.108.help.text
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147777.61.help.text
msgid ""
"The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when "
"defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147819.62.help.text
msgid "User variables"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147245.64.help.text
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147268.65.help.text
msgid "First name"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145592.66.help.text
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145615.67.help.text
msgid "Last name"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145642.68.help.text
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145666.69.help.text
msgid "Initials"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151200.70.help.text
msgid "user_company"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151223.71.help.text
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151250.72.help.text
msgid "user_street"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152912.73.help.text
msgid "Street"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152940.74.help.text
msgid "user_country"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152963.75.help.text
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152990.76.help.text
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145679.77.help.text
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145706.78.help.text
msgid "user_city"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145729.79.help.text
msgid "City"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145756.80.help.text
msgid "user_title"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145779.81.help.text
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156284.82.help.text
msgid "user_position"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156307.83.help.text
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156334.84.help.text
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156357.85.help.text
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156384.86.help.text
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149728.87.help.text
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149756.88.help.text
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149778.89.help.text
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149806.90.help.text
msgid "user_email"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147294.91.help.text
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147321.92.help.text
msgid "user_state"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147344.93.help.text
msgid "State"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147392.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of "
"operators</link>"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#bm_id1163670.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>finding; text/text "
"formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; text and "
"text formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value>"
"<bookmark_value>searching, see also "
"finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text formats; "
"finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; finding and "
"replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; "
"formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;finding by "
"Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Asian languages;search "
"options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id8568681.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding "
"and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id611285.help.text
msgid ""
"In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can "
"navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at "
"once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id6226081.help.text
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id6702780.help.text
msgid ""
"To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog "
"without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your "
"document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace "
"dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id3158970.help.text
msgid "Finding text"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id6957304.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id2164677.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id5684072.help.text
msgid "Either click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4377269.help.text
msgid ""
"When you click <emph>Find</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is "
"equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click "
"<emph>Find</emph> again to advance to the next found text. "
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id1371807.help.text
msgid ""
"If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to "
"find the next text without opening the dialog. "
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id924100.help.text
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to "
"navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id9359416.help.text
msgid ""
"When you click <emph>Find All</emph>, Writer selects all text that is equal "
"to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply "
"a Character Style to all at once."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id5891598.help.text
msgid "Replacing text"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id1780755.help.text
msgid ""
"Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current "
"selection only."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id2467421.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2467421.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4286935.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id9959410.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> "
"text box."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id24109.help.text
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id703451.help.text
msgid ""
"When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document "
"for the text in the <emph>Search for</emph> box, starting at the current "
"cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits "
"for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted "
"text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text "
"box. Click <emph>Find</emph> to advance to the next found text without "
"replacing the current selection."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id7540818.help.text
msgid ""
"When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that "
"matches your entry."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id9908444.help.text
msgid "Finding styles"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id8413953.help.text
msgid ""
"You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph "
"Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id2696920.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2696920.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id896938.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id896938.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id9147007.help.text
msgid "Check <emph>Search for Styles</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id5781426.help.text
msgid ""
"The <emph>Search for</emph> text box now is a list box, where you can select "
"any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id679342.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find "
"All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id3231299.help.text
msgid "Finding formats"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id8087405.help.text
msgid ""
"You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct "
"character formatting is assigned. "
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id3406170.help.text
msgid ""
"Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find "
"attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id2448805.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2448805.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4542985.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id4542985.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4679403.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id7783745.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id5597094.help.text
msgid "More options"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id9919431.help.text
msgid ""
"The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search "
"text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id8533280.help.text
msgid ""
"Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the "
"<emph>...</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers "
"to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4646748.help.text
msgid ""
"When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph>Tools - Options - "
"Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers "
"options to search Asian text."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#hd_id2489394.help.text
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4159062.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id9934385.help.text
msgid ""
"The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can "
"also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline "
"view to your document. "
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id7421796.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the "
"same document or from other open documents. See the <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id6417432.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your "
"document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp#par_id4639728.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find "
"the next text in your document."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#bm_id3145819.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>pages; continuation "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>next page number in "
"footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>continuation "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation "
"pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#hd_id3145819.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers "
"of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation "
"Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154242.12.help.text
msgid ""
"You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using "
"a field."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154256.4.help.text
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5.help.text
msgctxt "footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want "
"to add the footer to."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147109.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - "
"Other</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147134.7.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150955.8.help.text
msgid ""
"Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the "
"<emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150517.9.help.text
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150537.10.help.text
msgid ""
"If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you "
"enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150727.11.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#bm_id3155624.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>footers; with page "
"numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count "
"of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page numbers; "
"footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id3155624.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers "
"in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2.help.text
msgctxt "footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want "
"to add the footer to."
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150534.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3153155.4.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can align the Page Number field as you would text."
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3153169.5.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page "
"9 of 12\":"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155532.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in front of the Page Number field and type \"Page \", click after the "
"field, enter a space and then type \"of \"."
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155554.7.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#bm_id3145819.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_val"
"ue>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;foo"
"tnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_"
"value><bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>f"
"ootnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3145819.16.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing "
"Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or "
"Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3154258.14.help.text
msgid ""
"Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page "
"and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] "
"automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155881.24.help.text
msgid "To insert a footnote or endnote:"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155903.25.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147120.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - "
"Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150937.34.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Numbering </emph>area, select the format that you want to use. "
"If you select <emph>Character</emph>, click the browse button "
"(<emph>...</emph>) and select the character that you want to use for the "
"footnote."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150508.35.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Type </emph>area, select <emph>Footnote </emph>or "
"<emph>Endnote</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150729.37.help.text
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3148843.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertfootnote.png\" "
"width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">{ENTER ALTERNATE "
"DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3153176.27.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote "
"Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155543.28.help.text
msgid "Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155563.29.help.text
msgid ""
"To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the "
"anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150119.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3150126\" src=\"res/helpimg/refhand.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" "
"height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150126\">{ENTER ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION "
"HERE}</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150167.6.help.text
msgid ""
"The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or "
"endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145029.40.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press F11 to open "
"the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and "
"then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145062.30.help.text
msgid ""
"To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, "
"press PageUp."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145081.4.help.text
msgid ""
"To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in "
"front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" "
"name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147776.3.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and "
"endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - "
"Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147813.15.help.text
msgid ""
"To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose "
"<emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" "
"name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147232.41.help.text
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#bm_id3147683.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>spacing; "
"endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endnotes; "
"spacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footnotes; "
"spacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</book"
"mark_value><bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#hd_id3147683.40.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between "
"Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3145808.39.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you "
"can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155603.41.help.text
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3154251.43.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, "
"\"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155884.45.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" "
"name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3147110.51.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Default </emph>area, click the <emph>Set Top and Bottom Borders "
"Only</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150931.52.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Line</emph> area, click a line in the <emph>Style </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150961.53.help.text
msgid ""
"Select \"White\" in the <emph>Color </emph>box. If the background of the page "
"is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150519.50.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the "
"<emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150709.47.help.text
msgid "Enter a value in the <emph>Top </emph>and <emph>Bottom </emph>boxes."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3148846.49.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - "
"Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#bm_id3159257.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mail "
"merge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>letters; creating form "
"letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wizards;form "
"letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#hd_id3159257.29.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form "
"Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id3150502.1.help.text
msgid ""
"To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for "
"address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address "
"data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by "
"e-mail."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id0805200801132382.help.text
msgid ""
"If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be "
"sent with the e-mail."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10653.help.text
msgid ""
"The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> "
"helps you to create form letters."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10664.help.text
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN1066B.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10672.help.text
msgid ""
"You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of "
"many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10676.help.text
msgid ""
"Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10681.help.text
msgid "You see the Templates dialog."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10685.help.text
msgid ""
"Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, "
"and then <item type=\"literal\">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click "
"<emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> "
"in the wizard."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id2669759.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106BD.help.text
msgid ""
"On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> "
"button to check that you are using the correct address list. Select an "
"address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click "
"<emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106C5.help.text
msgid ""
"Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the "
"<emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General "
"salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all "
"letters."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106D5.help.text
msgid ""
"Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail "
"merge."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#bm_id3145246.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>"
"subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>central "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subsidiary "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; master documents and "
"subdocuments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;master "
"documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id3145246.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and "
"Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806.help.text"
msgid ""
"A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many "
"chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual "
"<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual "
"files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id6537369.help.text
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3150096.13.help.text
msgid ""
"When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, "
"and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3153400.12.help.text
msgid ""
"You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all "
"of the subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155854.15.help.text
msgid ""
"Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are "
"automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id9033783.help.text
msgid ""
"When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the "
"master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are "
"imported from subdocuments. "
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3419598.help.text
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155180.help.text
msgid ""
"When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a "
"link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a "
"subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator "
"to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id7904904.help.text
msgid "Example of using styles"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id5817743.help.text
msgid ""
"A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the "
"subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph "
"style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments "
"are saved."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id9169591.help.text
msgid ""
"When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are "
"imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the "
"sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, "
"but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from "
"sub2.odt will not be imported. "
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id1590014.help.text
msgid ""
"In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first "
"subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown "
"using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second "
"subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs "
"from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you "
"open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id5878780.help.text
msgid ""
"To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document "
"and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master "
"document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using "
"the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master "
"mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#bm_id3145246.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>Navigator;master "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/"
"exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subdocuments;starting on new "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subdocuments;removing from master docu"
"ments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value>"
"<bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145246.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents "
"and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873.help.text"
msgid ""
"A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many "
"chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual "
"<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual "
"files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153127.29.help.text
msgid "To Create a Master Document: "
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149956.31.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149612.32.help.text
msgid ""
"Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master "
"Document</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149873.28.help.text
msgid ""
"If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator "
"should be a <emph>Text </emph>entry. Type an introduction or enter some "
"text. This ensures that after you edit an existing style in the master "
"document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145114.33.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Navigator</emph> for master documents (should open "
"automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <emph>Insert "
"</emph>icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3156240.34.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, "
"locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145405.35.help.text
msgid ""
"To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name "
"for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8550981.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then "
"type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the "
"Navigator."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153382.36.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3154242.37.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Master Document:"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154255.20.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155879.38.help.text
msgid ""
"To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument "
"in the Navigator."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155931.39.help.text
msgid ""
"To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the "
"subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The "
"subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148677.8.help.text
msgid ""
"To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, "
"and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted "
"before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text "
"that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the "
"Navigator."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149982.10.help.text
msgid ""
"To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a "
"new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the "
"list, and click the <emph>Move down</emph> or <emph>Move up </emph>icon."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153022.40.help.text
msgid ""
"To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator "
"list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148949.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" "
"height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153632.21.help.text
msgid ""
"To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, "
"and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_idN10C40.help.text
msgid ""
"When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, "
"do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" "
"on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the "
"object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> "
"and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153656.41.help.text
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page:"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3152760.42.help.text
msgid ""
"Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same "
"paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153876.43.help.text
msgid ""
"In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, "
"and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153907.44.help.text
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3147124.45.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3147124.45.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Text Flow </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149770.46.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Breaks </emph>area, select <emph>Insert</emph>, and then select "
"<emph>Page </emph>in the <emph>Type </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150224.17.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page "
"Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145228.48.help.text
msgid ""
"To Export a Master Document as a <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document:"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150315.49.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148580.50.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and "
"click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8371227.help.text
msgid ""
"The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, "
"if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master "
"mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#bm_id3155863.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footers;about<"
"/bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and "
"footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#hd_id3155863.38.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and "
"Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3154255.35.help.text
msgid ""
"Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where "
"you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current "
"page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the "
"header or footer that you add. You can insert <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as "
"page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3155896.39.help.text
msgid ""
"To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then "
"select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3147119.43.help.text
msgid ""
"To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then "
"select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3150511.44.help.text
msgid ""
"The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status "
"Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3153726.40.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click the "
"<emph>Header</emph> or <emph>Footer </emph>tab, and then select <emph>Header "
"on </emph>or <emph>Footer on</emph>. Clear the <emph>Same content "
"left/right</emph> check box if you want to define different headers and "
"footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3146876.36.help.text
msgid ""
"To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to "
"different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page "
"Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you "
"want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#hd_id3150704.41.help.text
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3150717.34.help.text
msgid ""
"Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. "
"Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with "
"special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers "
"are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. "
"When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are "
"displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted. "
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3153174.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page "
"Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#bm_id3155920.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles; "
"changing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining; "
"headers/footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mirrored page "
"layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155920.25.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different "
"Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and "
"Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154263.26.help.text
msgid ""
"You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your "
"document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] "
"provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, "
"<emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a "
"custom page style."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147105.27.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a "
"page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this "
"option to a page style, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click the<emph> "
"Page</emph> tab, and in the<emph> Layout settings</emph> area, choose<emph> "
"Mirrored</emph> in the<emph> Page layout</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150224.28.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even "
"and odd pages in a document."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150929.29.help.text
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150946.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page "
"Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150510.30.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose "
"<emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Page Styles</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Header </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34.help.text"
msgid "Select<emph> Header on</emph> and click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146865.35.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style </emph>box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150714.37.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in "
"the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Page Styles</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Header </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39.help.text"
msgid "Select<emph> Header on</emph> and click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147061.40.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style </emph>box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145263.42.help.text
msgid ""
"Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to "
"the current page."
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145284.43.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next "
"page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for "
"the Right Page style. "
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#bm_id3155919.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>running titles in "
"headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>floating titles in "
"headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers; chapter "
"information</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chapter names in "
"headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; chapter names in "
"headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3155919.3.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter "
"Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number "
"in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153414.22.help.text
msgid ""
"Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must "
"first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you "
"want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3154244.23.help.text
msgid "To create a paragraph style for chapter titles:"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155874.24.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155898.25.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select the paragraph style that you want to "
"use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147124.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <emph>Number "
"</emph>box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150219.27.help.text
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <emph>Before </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150245.28.help.text
msgid "Enter a space in the <emph>After </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29.help.text
msgctxt "header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3150505.30.help.text
msgid "To insert the chapter name and number in a header or a footer:"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150527.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter "
"headings in your document."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153729.6.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Header </emph>or <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and "
"then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153762.7.help.text
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3146863.9.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the<emph> "
"Document</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153175.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Click \"Chapter\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list and \"Chapter number and name\" "
"in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11.help.text
msgctxt "header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147095.12.help.text
msgid ""
"The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically "
"displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#bm_id3154866.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>inserting; lines under "
"headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</"
"bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_"
"value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shadows;headers/foo"
"ters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders;for "
"headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#hd_id3154866.20.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or "
"Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3154243.21.help.text
msgid ""
"You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can "
"also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame "
"or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3155873.22.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Page </emph>and select the <emph>Header </emph>or "
"<emph>Footer </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147109.27.help.text
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147128.23.help.text
msgid ""
"To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click "
"<emph>More</emph>. The <emph>Border/Background </emph>dialog opens."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3150520.24.help.text
msgid ""
"To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of "
"the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line "
"arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3153742.25.help.text
msgid ""
"To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the "
"line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in "
"the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;hiding"
"</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value><bookmark"
"_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" "
"name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3150103.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if "
"a condition is met."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153409.19.help.text
msgid ""
"Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the "
"condition for hiding the text."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153131.20.help.text
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149640.21.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the "
"<emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149970.22.help.text
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149620.23.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the variable in the <emph>Name </emph>box, for example, "
"\"Hide\"."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149869.24.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter a value for the variable in the <emph>Value </emph>box, for example, "
"\"1\"."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145108.25.help.text
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3156245.27.help.text
msgid "To hide text:"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145391.28.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions "
"</emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155325.29.help.text
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30.help.text"
msgid ""
"Enter a statement in the <emph>Condition </emph>box. For example, using the "
"variable you previously defined, enter \"Hide==1\"."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153371.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3154256.33.help.text
msgid "To hide a paragraph:"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154853.34.help.text
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions "
"</emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155902.6.help.text
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36.help.text"
msgid ""
"Enter a statement in the <emph>Condition </emph>box. For example, using the "
"variable you previously defined, enter \"Hide==1\"."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3793450.help.text
msgid ""
"You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View "
"- Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any "
"paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148675.38.help.text
msgid "To hide a section:"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148697.39.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148950.40.help.text
msgid ""
"In the<emph> Hide</emph> area, select<emph> Hide</emph>, and then enter an "
"expression in the<emph> Condition</emph> box. For example, using the "
"variable you previously defined, enter \"Hide==1\"."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153636.41.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153636.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3846858.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying "
"Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id8148442.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-"
"printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148603.10.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - "
"Other\">Insert - Fields - Other</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147011.11.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - "
"Section</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of "
"Operators</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>hidden text; "
"displaying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying;hidden "
"text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden "
"Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id5659962.help.text
msgid ""
"If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, "
"you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3152777.7.help.text
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3153902.44.help.text
msgid ""
"Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition "
"for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147114.45.help.text
msgid ""
"Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph "
"field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding "
"Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of "
"Operators</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#bm_id3155845.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from "
"Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from "
"Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with "
"Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting "
"hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#hd_id3155845.21.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the "
"Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3155858.20.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the "
"Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink "
"when the document is opened in <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-"
"referenced item."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149833.32.help.text
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3148846.23.help.text
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3156108.25.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the arrow next to the <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon, and ensure that "
"<emph>Insert as Hyperlink </emph>is selected."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153396.31.help.text
msgid ""
"In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing "
"the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153416.24.help.text
msgid ""
"In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to "
"insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153133.26.help.text
msgid ""
"Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr ""

#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149635.27.help.text
msgid ""
"The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific "
"words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific "
"words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#hd_id3149695.20.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of "
"Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id5640125.help.text
msgid ""
"If your text is <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> "
"and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never "
"to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153634.40.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> "
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153658.41.help.text
msgid ""
"Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and "
"then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147125.43.help.text
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150218.42.help.text
msgid ""
"In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from "
"hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150247.65.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147036.29.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose "
"<emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "
"\"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text
msgctxt "hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#bm_id3155869.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting "
"paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents;in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; "
"indents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hanging indents in "
"paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right indents in "
"paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; "
"indents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#hd_id129398.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indenting\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting "
"Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id5589159.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the measurement units, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - "
"Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new "
"measurement unit in the Settings area. "
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id9936216.help.text
msgid ""
"You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected "
"paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id7953123.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set "
"indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id4013794.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> "
"to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected "
"paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" "
"name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id1631824.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph "
"Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs "
"that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id7271645.help.text
msgid ""
"Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If "
"you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative "
"number. "
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id2136295.help.text
msgid ""
"The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look "
"at the \"Before text\" indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge "
"of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In "
"right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with "
"respect to the right page margin."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id4186223.help.text
msgid ""
"For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for \"Before text\" and a "
"negative value for \"First line\"."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp#par_id1491134.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & "
"Spacing</link>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#bm_id3155186.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting "
"entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or "
"deleting entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;entries of "
"indexes/tables of "
"contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;table/index "
"entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#hd_id3155186.11.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index "
"and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table "
"Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155855.12.help.text
msgid ""
"Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in "
"your document, choose <emph>View </emph>and ensure that <emph>Field Shadings "
"</emph>is selected. "
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155507.13.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155526.16.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following: "
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154238.17.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154263.18.help.text
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155893.15.help.text
msgid ""
"To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the "
"previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit "
"Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes; "
"editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of "
"contents; editing and "
"deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of "
"contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of "
"contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of "
"contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#hd_id3149695.56.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" "
"name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of "
"Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of "
"Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155856.57.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155871.59.help.text
msgid ""
"If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose "
"<emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and "
"then select<emph> Enable</emph> in the<emph> Cursor in protected "
"areas</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3154248.58.help.text
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155872.60.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-"
"click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit "
"Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the "
"<emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#bm_id3149689.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries "
"in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries "
"in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of "
"contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3149689.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of "
"Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents "
"Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3155862.6.help.text
msgid "Defining Index Entries"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3156380.7.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use "
"as an index entry."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147409.9.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153417.11.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in "
"the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace "
"the selected text in the document."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3154258.8.help.text
msgid ""
"To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply "
"to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3155889.10.help.text
msgid ""
"To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined "
"Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3147119.12.help.text
msgid "Defining Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147132.5.help.text
msgid ""
"The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined "
"heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you "
"want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3150230.13.help.text
msgid "To use a custom paragraph style as a table of contents entry:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150933.14.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the "
"<emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150964.15.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of "
"contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150523.16.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want "
"to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153730.17.help.text
msgid ""
"Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your "
"document and include them in your table of contents. "
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#bm_id3155855.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; "
"index format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; "
"formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, "
"as hyperlinks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks "
"as entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of "
"contents and indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and "
"tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155855.38.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" "
"name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a "
"Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3154259.39.help.text
msgid ""
"You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, "
"change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in "
"the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155888.44.help.text
msgid "To apply a different paragraph style to an index level:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147110.45.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit "
"Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147135.46.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150229.47.help.text
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150934.48.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style "
"</emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150960.56.help.text
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49.help.text
msgctxt "indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3146878.40.help.text
msgid "To assign hyperlinks to entries in a table of contents:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3146890.50.help.text
msgid ""
"You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of "
"contents."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150712.51.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit "
"Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150738.42.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3148399.52.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to in the "
"<emph>Level </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3148424.53.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of "
"<emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3153171.54.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click "
"<emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147060.55.help.text
msgid ""
"Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or "
"click the <emph>All levels</emph> button to apply the formatting to all "
"levels."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>concordance "
"files;indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical "
"indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alphabetical "
"indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#hd_id3155911.24.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical "
"Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3154233.25.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26.help.text
msgctxt "indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3155884.31.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the "
"<emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3147114.36.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to use a concordance file, select <emph>Concordance file</emph> "
"in the <emph>Options </emph>area, click the <emph>File</emph>, and then "
"locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150223.28.help.text
msgid ""
"Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on "
"any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single "
"letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then "
"select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of "
"levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. "
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27.help.text
msgctxt "indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150502.37.help.text
msgid ""
"To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update "
"Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3152760.38.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance "
"file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#bm_id3149687.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes;creating "
"bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliograp"
"hies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmar"
"k_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>storing "
"bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3149687.46.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a "
"Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155864.60.help.text
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3153402.61.help.text
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153414.62.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, "
"or in an individual document."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3154244.63.help.text
msgid "To store information in the bibliography database:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155872.50.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography "
"Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155900.64.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147123.65.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <emph>Short name </emph>box, "
"and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150219.66.help.text
msgid "Close the<emph> Bibliography Database</emph> window. "
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150242.67.help.text
msgid "To store bibliographic information in an individual document:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68.help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150964.51.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and "
"Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - "
"Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150525.69.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153738.70.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <emph>Short name </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153763.71.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the publication source for the record in the <emph>Type </emph>box, "
"and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146897.73.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Insert Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog, click "
"<emph>Insert</emph>, and then <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150741.74.help.text
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75.help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148421.52.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153231.53.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147059.54.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the "
"<emph>Short name </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3156060.77.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography "
"Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id6367076.help.text
msgid ""
"Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example "
"is called <link href=\"http://bibus-"
"biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#bm_id3153418.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookma"
"rk_value><bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#hd_id3153418.43.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering "
"Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155872.44.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155895.42.help.text
msgid ""
"Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each "
"individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and "
"paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3147118.45.help.text
msgid ""
"Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" "
"name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link>, and then enter "
"a name for the index. In a separate document, choose<emph> Insert - "
"Section</emph>, select <emph>Link</emph>, click the browse button (...), and "
"then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3150230.46.help.text
msgid ""
"Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master "
"document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you "
"want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and "
"Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#bm_id3147104.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and "
"updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating; tables of "
"contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3147104.16.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" "
"name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of "
"Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150942.45.help.text
msgid ""
"The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined "
"heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you "
"want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you "
"can then create a table of contents."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150510.17.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150528.18.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and "
"then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" "
"name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153746.46.help.text
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47.help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146896.20.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, "
"select the <emph>Additional Styles </emph>check box in the <emph>Create "
"from</emph> area, and then click the (<emph>...</emph>) button next to the "
"check box. In the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, click the style in the "
"list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>or the <emph><< </emph>button to "
"define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3153148.21.help.text
msgid "Updating a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153183.48.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update "
"Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3147066.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#bm_id3154896.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined "
"indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined "
"indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3154896.30.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes"
"\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155184.31.help.text
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3155915.47.help.text
msgid "Creating a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155867.48.help.text
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3153410.49.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3154248.50.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> button next to the <emph>Index "
"</emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155886.51.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the index in the <emph>Name </emph>box and click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147114.52.help.text
msgid ""
"Click<emph> Insert</emph> to add the selected word(s) to the new index. "
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147139.53.help.text
msgid "Click<emph> Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3150231.54.help.text
msgid "Inserting a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150933.32.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150509.55.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select the name of the user-defined "
"index that you created in the <emph>Type </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56.help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150720.20.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, "
"select <emph>Styles</emph>, and then click the (<emph>...</emph>) button "
"next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <emph>>> "
"</emph>or the <emph><< </emph>button to define the outline level for the "
"paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of "
"document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after "
"tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp#hd_id3149688.54.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before "
"a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of "
"Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp#par_id3155923.55.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, "
"click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, "
"and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <item "
"type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</c"
"aseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp#par_idN10612.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell "
"of the table and press <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt<"
"/defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic.xhp#bm_id3154922.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures "
"in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; "
"pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting "
"options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic.xhp#hd_id3154922.2.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting "
"Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic.xhp#par_id3149695.1.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#bm_id3154896.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by "
"dialog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by "
"dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#hd_id3154896.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a "
"Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155914.2.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155864.3.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - "
"From File\"><emph>Insert - Picture - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3156021.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click "
"<emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3153396.5.help.text
msgid ""
"By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you "
"clicked in."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#bm_id3152999.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into "
"Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] "
"Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc "
"charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#hd_id3152999.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a "
"Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text "
"Document</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155890.16.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the "
"chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#hd_id3155180.2.help.text
msgid "To insert a copy of a Calc chart in a text document"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3149054.3.help.text
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155854.4.help.text
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153396.5.help.text
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153414.7.help.text
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3145102.9.help.text
msgid ""
"You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any "
"object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#bm_id3155917.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from "
"Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from "
"Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#hd_id3155917.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting "
"Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From "
"$[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3153414.3.help.text
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3149640.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to "
"copy."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3145098.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for "
"a moment."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3156250.7.help.text
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#bm_id3145083.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from "
"Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#hd_id3145083.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting "
"Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the "
"Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155907.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, "
"spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155923.6.help.text
msgid ""
"To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down "
"Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#bm_id3156017.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned "
"images</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; "
"scanning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#hd_id3156017.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned "
"Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3149692.2.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and "
"the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155182.3.help.text
msgid ""
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support "
"the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE "
"standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155915.4.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155864.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - "
"Scan\"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning "
"source from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3153416.8.help.text
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Horizontal Line"
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#bm_id3151178.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>horizontal lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; "
"inserting horizontal lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rulers;horizontal "
"lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; horizontal "
"lines</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id3151178.76.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting a Horizontal Line\">Inserting a Horizontal "
"Line</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2165898.help.text
msgid ""
"This guide is about inserting graphical ruler lines. You can also insert "
"other lines, see <link href=\"text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp\">Drawing "
"Lines in Text</link>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3149691.82.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the line."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3155186.77.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Ruler</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3155902.83.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the line that you want to insert in the <emph>Selection </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84.help.text
msgctxt "insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id5338602.help.text
msgid "The \"Plain\" type"
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5342265.help.text
msgid ""
"If you select the \"Plain\" type of ruler, an empty paragraph is inserted at "
"the position of the cursor. This paragraph has the style \"Horizontal Line\", "
"with a line as the lower border of the paragraph. You can edit that "
"Paragraph Style to change the properties of all \"Plain\" rulers in your "
"document. For example you can set the left indent to 3 inches, or you can "
"change the line style, thickness, and color."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id707113.help.text
msgid "To edit the \"Plain\" ruler style"
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5267494.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the Styles and "
"Formatting window."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5074922.help.text
msgid "In the listbox at the bottom, select to display \"All Styles\"."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id8491470.help.text
msgid "Right-click the \"Horizontal Line\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3253883.help.text
msgid "Choose Modify."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3196203.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, open the Borders tab page to set the thickness and style of the "
"lines. Open the Indents & Spacing tab page to set the indents of the line."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id8385265.help.text
msgid "The graphical type"
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2582476.help.text
msgid ""
"Select any ruler type below of the \"Plain\" ruler type. This inserts a new "
"paragraph at the position of the cursor. A picture showing a graphical "
"horizontal line is inserted."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150217.78.help.text
msgid ""
"The inserted line is anchored to the current paragraph and centered between "
"the page margins."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2111575.help.text
msgid ""
"To edit the graphical line, right-click the line and choose "
"<emph>Picture</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150231.79.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also insert one of these lines by dragging it from the<emph> "
"Rulers</emph> folder in the <emph>Gallery</emph> into the current document."
msgstr ""

#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150944.80.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Gallery</link>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr ""

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#bm_id3145078.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level "
"of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline "
"levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline "
"levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#hd_id3145078.6.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the "
"Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of "
"Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155909.5.help.text
msgid ""
"To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at "
"the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr ""

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155859.7.help.text
msgid ""
"To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the "
"beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr ""

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3153403.8.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click "
"at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3150495.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>numbering; "
"combining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;numbered "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;numbered "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-"
"consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3150495.32.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered "
"Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149692.33.help.text
msgid ""
"You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3149452.34.help.text
msgid "To combine consecutive numbered lists:"
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154479.35.help.text
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36.help.text
msgctxt "join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36.help.text"
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Numbering On/Off "
"</emph>icon twice."
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155870.37.help.text
msgid "To create a numbered list from non-consecutive paragraphs:"
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153417.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You "
"only have to select one character."
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149644.39.help.text
msgid ""
"Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph "
"of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr ""

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40.help.text
msgctxt "join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40.help.text"
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Numbering On/Off "
"</emph>icon twice."
msgstr ""

#: jump2statusbar.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: jump2statusbar.xhp#bm_id3145778.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning "
"cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: jump2statusbar.xhp#hd_id3145778.30.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific "
"Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3155178.31.help.text
msgid ""
"To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in "
"the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose "
"the bookmark."
msgstr ""

#: jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3153396.32.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert "
"Bookmark</link>"
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#bm_id3151169.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] "
"Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] "
"Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3151169.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" "
"name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using "
"Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3149685.3.help.text
msgid ""
"Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</c"
"aseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined "
"character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character "
"to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline s"
"elect=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinl"
"ine>+I to open the <emph>Insert</emph> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155186.4.help.text
msgid ""
"To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press "
"Escape."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3155918.5.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#hd_id3155918.5.help.text"
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_idN106AA.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> "
"toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155870.6.help.text
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph> Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3149630.8.help.text
msgid ""
"Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3145100.20.help.text
msgid ""
"Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the "
"width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11.help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19.help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3153367.13.help.text
msgid "Inserting Text Tables"
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3153388.14.help.text
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph> Standard</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3154849.21.help.text
msgid ""
"Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155872.22.help.text
msgid ""
"Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number "
"of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24.help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr ""

#: keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C.help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#bm_id3145086.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>formatting styles; "
"importing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; importing from other "
"files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;styles from other "
"files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;styles from other "
"files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#hd_id3145086.10.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" "
"name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From "
"Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3154491.11.help.text
msgid ""
"You can import styles from another document or template into the current "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3155910.12.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles "
"and Formatting</emph> window."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_idN10703.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to "
"open the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_idN1070B.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3149632.15.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types "
"that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have "
"the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16.help.text
msgctxt "load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3156240.17.help.text
msgid ""
"Click an entry in the <emph>Categories </emph>list, then click the template "
"containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates "
"</emph>list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.13.help.text
msgid ""
"Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you "
"want to use, click the name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#bm_id3155855.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; "
"instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] "
"Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3155855.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" "
"name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using "
"$[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3155156.2.help.text
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3153728.3.help.text
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3150742.4.help.text
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3147088.5.help.text
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3155590.6.help.text
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3145083.7.help.text
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3150427.8.help.text
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3154464.9.help.text
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3152948.10.help.text
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3154324.11.help.text
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3145673.12.help.text
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3145730.13.help.text
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr ""

#: main.xhp#hd_id3156315.14.help.text
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#bm_id3154897.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in "
"texts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping "
"to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;jumping "
"to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;jumping "
"to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings;jumping "
"to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;jumping "
"to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>jumping;to text "
"elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text "
"documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#hd_id3154897.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" "
"name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text "
"Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#par_id3153402.2.help.text
msgid ""
"The <emph>Navigator </emph>displays the different parts of your document, "
"such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#par_id3154247.3.help.text
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#par_id3155878.5.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed "
"in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in "
"the spin box."
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp#par_id3147108.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; non-"
"printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing "
"Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id4685201.help.text
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3149789.14.help.text
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3149789.14.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150224.15.help.text
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150242.16.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object</emph>, and then click the<emph> "
"Options</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3145227.17.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18.help.text
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828.help.text
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding "
"Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#bm_id3156383.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; number "
"recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically "
"in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#hd_id3156383.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number "
"Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in "
"Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155179.2.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a "
"table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15.help.text
msgctxt "number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155919.7.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click in a table cell and choose <emph>Number recognition</emph>. When "
"this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <emph>Number "
"recognition </emph>command."
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155527.11.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and "
"select or clear the <emph>Number recognition </emph>check box."
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3153415.14.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text "
"Document - Table\">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#hd_id3149695.36.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number "
"Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155918.37.help.text
msgid ""
"You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3149829.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation "
"Number \"."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155048.39.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Variables </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3156240.40.help.text
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153363.61.help.text
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <emph>Name </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62.help.text
msgctxt "number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154250.42.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a number in the <emph>Value </emph>box, or leave the box empty to use "
"automatic numbering."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154851.58.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the "
"<emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41.help.text
msgctxt "number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#bm_id3150101.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; line "
"numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; "
"numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; "
"lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; line "
"numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text "
"pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3150101.3.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line "
"Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149842.1.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected "
"paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your "
"document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line "
"number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also "
"add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id7184972.help.text
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3153410.6.help.text
msgid "To add line numbers to an entire document:"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149612.8.help.text
msgid ""
"Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you "
"want."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3156241.10.help.text
msgid "To add line numbers to specific paragraphs:"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153385.11.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154248.12.help.text
msgid ""
"Press F11 to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then "
"click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154853.13.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150222.17.help.text
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150931.15.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150956.16.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Line Numbering </emph>area, clear the <emph>Include this "
"paragraph in line numbering </emph>check box."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151077.18.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <emph>Numbering "
"</emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153733.23.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3146864.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and "
"apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3146880.25.help.text
msgid "To specify the starting line number:"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150703.26.help.text
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <emph>Numbering "
"</emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148389.28.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering </emph>check box."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148414.29.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Restart at the paragraph </emph>check box."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153779.30.help.text
msgid "Enter a line number in the <emph>Start with </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153934.5.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line "
"Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153960.32.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - "
"Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/S"
"etting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about "
"numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#bm_id3149637.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>numbering; "
"removing/interrupting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists; "
"interrupting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting "
"numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interrupting numbered "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in "
"lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3149637.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a "
"Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3145092.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change "
"the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id2172612.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline "
"Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do "
"not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3145107.8.help.text
msgid "To remove the number from a paragraph in a numbered list:"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3156248.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to "
"remove the numbering from."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153390.11.help.text
msgid ""
"To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the "
"Backspace key."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3154248.16.help.text
msgid ""
"To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the "
"<emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If "
"you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created "
"for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3154856.18.help.text
msgid "To change the number that a numbered list starts with:"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155877.24.help.text
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155895.21.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3148691.22.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <emph>Start "
"at</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/S"
"etting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about "
"numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#bm_id3155183.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and "
"deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; page "
"breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;page "
"breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page "
"breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3155183.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page "
"Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3149833.2.help.text
msgid "To insert a manual page break:"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153402.3.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153119.4.help.text
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3153135.6.help.text
msgid "To delete a manual page break:"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3149641.7.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual "
"page break."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3149608.8.help.text
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3149624.10.help.text
msgid "To delete a manual page break that occurs before a table:"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3145111.11.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3156254.13.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text "
"Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153380.14.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15.help.text
msgctxt "page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert "
"Break dialog</link>"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#bm_id8431653.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page "
"styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds; different "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_va"
"lue><bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page "
"Background</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10812.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a "
"document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in "
"a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the "
"watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10820.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose "
"<emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1083F.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in "
"the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1084B.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to "
"apply to the next page."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10855.help.text
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10859.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the "
"new page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1085F.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10867.help.text
msgid ""
"In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a "
"graphic. Then select your options from the tab page. "
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087A.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E.help.text"
msgid ""
"Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page "
"background. See <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page "
"Background</link> for details."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A2.help.text
msgid ""
"Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to "
"apply."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A5.help.text
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9.help.text"
msgid ""
"Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page "
"background. See <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page "
"Background</link> for details."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108BD.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to "
"change the page background."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9.help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108D1.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select a page style that uses the page "
"background."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DB.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where "
"the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page "
"style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E2.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat "
"steps 1 to 3."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Page Numbers "
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#bm_id5918759.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page "
"numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page "
"styles;page numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>starting page "
"numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;page "
"numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;starting page "
"numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;page "
"numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id413830.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" "
"name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1617175.help.text
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id6091494.help.text
msgid "Inserting page numbers"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id8611102.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at "
"the current cursor position."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6604510.help.text
msgid ""
"If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - "
"Field names</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2678914.help.text
msgid ""
"However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So "
"it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has "
"the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id614642.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Header - (name of page style)</emph> or <emph>Insert - "
"Footer - (name of page style)</emph> to add a header or footer to all pages "
"with the current Page Style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id2551652.help.text
msgid "Starting with a defined page number"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6111941.help.text
msgid ""
"Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text "
"document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5757621.help.text
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2632831.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4395275.help.text
msgid ""
"In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page "
"Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1654408.help.text
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id7519150.help.text
msgid "Formatting the page number style"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9029206.help.text
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3032319.help.text
msgid ""
"Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit "
"Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9139378.help.text
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5051728.help.text
msgid "Using different page number styles"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1558885.help.text
msgid ""
"You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the "
"remaining pages in another style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1541184.help.text
msgid ""
"In Writer, you will need different Page Styles. The first Page Style has a "
"footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following "
"Page Style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id18616.help.text
msgid ""
"Both Page Styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have "
"automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6138492.help.text
msgid ""
"An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the "
"Page Style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4569231.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, the \"First Page\" Page Style has \"Default\" as the next style. To "
"see this, you may press F11 to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> "
"window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon, right-click the First Page "
"entry. Choose <emph>Modify</emph> from the context menu. On the Organizer "
"tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id291451.help.text
msgid ""
"A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a "
"change of page styles."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3341776.help.text
msgid ""
"If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page "
"break without a change of styles."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5947141.help.text
msgid ""
"If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page "
"break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1911679.help.text
msgid ""
"It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page "
"break between Page Styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need "
"one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the "
"automatic method:"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id9364909.help.text
msgid "To apply a different page style to the first page"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4473403.help.text
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4313791.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>. "
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4331797.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page "
"Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4191717.help.text
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2318796.help.text
msgid ""
"Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages "
"automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id399182.help.text
msgid ""
"You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" Page Style only, "
"or insert footers in both Page Styles, but with differently formatted page "
"number fields."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5298318.help.text
msgid "To apply a manually inserted Page Style change"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7588732.help.text
msgid ""
"Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different Page "
"Style will be applied."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id95828.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert "
"Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3496200.help.text
msgid ""
"In the Style list box, select a Page Style. You may set a new page number, "
"too. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7599108.help.text
msgid ""
"The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next "
"page break with style. You may need to create the new Page Style first."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#bm_id9683828.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page "
"styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page formats; "
"changing individual pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; "
"changing individual pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>portrait and "
"landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>landscape and "
"portrait</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape "
"format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orientation of "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value><boo"
"kmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideways "
"orientation of pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scope of page "
"styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN106FF.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page "
"Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6418042.help.text
msgid ""
"All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page "
"orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document "
"uses the <emph>Default</emph> page style for all pages. If you open an "
"existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the "
"different pages. "
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id8324533.help.text
msgid ""
"It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will "
"only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page "
"style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7524033.help.text
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6307260.help.text
msgid ""
"If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you "
"can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id5256508.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323.help.text"
msgid ""
"Under <emph>Paper format</emph>, select <emph>Portrait</emph> or "
"<emph>Landscape</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id4202398.help.text
msgid "To change the page orientation only for some pages"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a "
"document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and "
"footer or page margins. You can either change the <emph>Default</emph> page "
"style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply "
"those page styles to any parts of your text. "
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1449324.help.text
msgid ""
"At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in "
"detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the "
"section at the end of this page."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1480758.help.text
msgid ""
"Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a "
"hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an "
"existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new "
"page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2962126.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, "
"you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10749.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style "
"initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10751.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in "
"the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1075D.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to "
"apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the "
"section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D.help.text"
msgid ""
"Under <emph>Paper format</emph>, select <emph>Portrait</emph> or "
"<emph>Landscape</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1658375.help.text
msgid ""
"Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To "
"apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the "
"<emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of "
"page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a "
"different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles "
"will be changed."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id6082949.help.text
msgid "The scope of page styles"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2858668.help.text
msgid ""
"You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages "
"of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id3278603.help.text
msgid "One page long styles"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id5169225.help.text
msgid ""
"A page style can be defined to span one page only. The <emph>First "
"Page</emph> style is an example. You set this property by defining another "
"page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - "
"Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6670125.help.text
msgid ""
"A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style "
"range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically "
"when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page "
"break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2118594.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item "
"type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - "
"Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id166020.help.text
msgid "Manually defined range of a page style"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6386913.help.text
msgid ""
"The <emph>Default</emph> page style does not set a different \"next style\" on "
"the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. "
"Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be <emph>Default</emph>. All page "
"styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The "
"lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks "
"with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the "
"same page style."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6062196.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. "
"Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a "
"paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6054261.help.text
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1811578.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> "
"name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id9935911.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, "
"choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the "
"Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. "
"Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id4753868.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph "
"style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit "
"Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text "
"Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and "
"<emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id4744407.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph "
"style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. "
"Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the "
"paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the "
"<emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate "
"<emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style "
"name from the listbox."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#bm_id7071138.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and "
"applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;page "
"styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155182.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" "
"name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page "
"Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149846.10.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including "
"the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text "
"columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must "
"create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_idN1071A.help.text
msgid ""
" <embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation\"/> "
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_idN10722.help.text
msgid ""
" <embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground\"/> "
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3156109.11.help.text
msgid "To define a new page style:"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153411.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting.</emph> "
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13.help.text"
msgid ""
"In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose "
"<emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149614.14.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3156252.16.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page "
"style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153376.17.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the "
"<emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page "
"break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154252.20.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and "
"then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3154851.21.help.text
msgid "To apply a page style:"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154873.22.help.text
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3155888.23.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the<emph> "
"Page Style</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3148685.24.help.text
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3148701.18.help.text
msgid "To apply a page style to a new page:"
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147122.4.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6.help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150939.19.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select the page style that you want to apply "
"to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#bm_id6743064.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>printing; individual "
"brochures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>booklet "
"printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brochures; printing "
"individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN105F6.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a "
"Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10614.help.text
msgid ""
"You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer "
"prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, "
"you can read the document as a book."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106DE.help.text
msgid ""
"When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use "
"portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when "
"you print the document."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1061A.help.text
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621.help.text
msgctxt "print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106B6.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1070E.help.text
msgid ""
"In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to "
"landscape."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_id8947416.help.text
msgid ""
"If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in "
"landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your "
"printer setup dialog."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10628.help.text
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1062C.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Pages</emph> area of the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialog, "
"select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10740.help.text
msgid ""
"For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to "
"print right pages and left pages."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10630.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106EA.help.text
msgid ""
"If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Printer "
"Options</emph> dialog, select <emph>Reversed</emph>, and then print the "
"document again."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#bm_id3155179.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>previews; "
"print layouts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>print layout "
"checks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>book "
"view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#hd_id3155179.9.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before "
"Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3149847.34.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Page Preview</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3155055.35.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge "
"the view of the page."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#par_idN1067F.help.text
msgid ""
"To print your document scaled down, print the zoomed preview. Click "
"<emph>Print options page view</emph> icon to set the print options."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3145093.36.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar "
"to scroll through the document."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3154265.37.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - "
"Page Preview</link>."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#bm_id3149694.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>multi-page view of "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one "
"sheet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page "
"view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per "
"sheet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple "
"pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#hd_id3149694.17.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" "
"name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One "
"Sheet</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3149829.16.help.text
msgid ""
"In Page Preview mode, you have the option to print multiple pages on one "
"sheet."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3156098.19.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Page Preview</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31.help.text
msgctxt "print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3149603.20.help.text
msgid ""
"To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, click the <emph>Page "
"Preview: Two Pages</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3153128\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_showtwopages.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" "
"height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153128\">Icon</alt></image> on the "
"<emph>Page Preview</emph> bar."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3153388.22.help.text
msgid ""
"To print multiple pages on the same sheet, click the <emph>Print options "
"page view</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3155903\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_printersetup.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" "
"height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155903\">Icon</alt></image> on the "
"<emph>Page Preview</emph> bar and set the options that you want."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3154841.21.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <emph>Print page view</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156248\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_printpagepreview.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" "
"height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156248\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp#par_id3150004.23.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - "
"Page Preview</link>"
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#bm_id6609088.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper "
"tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#hd_id3155909.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" "
"name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper "
"Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155858.2.help.text
msgid ""
"Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in "
"your document."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7.help.text
msgctxt "printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3156108.8.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles </emph>icon."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155066.9.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper "
"source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153416.10.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Paper tray </emph>box, select the paper tray that you want to "
"use."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11.help.text
msgctxt "printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149649.12.help.text
msgid ""
"Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149616.5.help.text
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3154260.13.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying "
"page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse "
"order</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; reverse "
"order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#hd_id3149688.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse "
"Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3.help.text
msgctxt "printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3149836.5.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph> button."
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3156106.6.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Pages </emph>area, select <emph>Reversed</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7.help.text
msgctxt "printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3153140.8.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Print </emph>dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3149616.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#bm_id3150620.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables "
"of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;protecting/u"
"nprotecting cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprot"
"ecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and "
"indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</book"
"mark_value><bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#hd_id6007263.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" "
"name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Content in <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id1924802.help.text
msgid ""
"The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in "
"<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified, "
"deleted or viewed."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#hd_id3150114.29.help.text
msgid ""
"Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3150592.30.help.text
msgid ""
"Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text "
"document can be protected against changes with a password."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id4545426.help.text
msgid ""
"This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a "
"switch to protect the section against accidental changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3144764.32.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the text. Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph>, then under "
"<emph>Write protection</emph> mark the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With "
"password</emph> check boxes. (If the section already exists: <emph>Format - "
"Sections</emph>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least 5 characters."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3147173.34.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write "
"protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the "
"correct password."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#hd_id3146081.35.help.text
msgid ""
"Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer "
"Table"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3154480.36.help.text
msgid ""
"You can protect the contents of individual cells of a <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text table from changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id363170.help.text
msgid ""
"This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a "
"switch to protect the cells against accidental changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3145643.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context "
"menu, then choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3155178.40.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, "
"choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> "
"and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click "
"the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3151189.41.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select "
"<emph>Table - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3147322.42.help.text
msgid ""
"Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all "
"selected tables."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#hd_id3149259.43.help.text
msgid "Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3153966.44.help.text
msgid ""
"Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text are automatically "
"protected against accidental changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id814539.help.text
msgid ""
"This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a "
"switch to protect the contents against accidental changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3153786.46.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3159088.47.help.text
msgid ""
"From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the "
"Index/Table tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3148463.49.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph>Tools "
"- Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark "
"<emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3152968.50.help.text
msgid ""
"From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the "
"Index/Table tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id3152774.51.help.text
msgid ""
"In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the "
"Navigator and select <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_idN10B8C.help.text
msgid ""
" <embedvar "
"href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures\"/> "
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp#par_id7858516.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other "
"Contents</link>"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#bm_id3145087.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-"
"references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and "
"updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; cross-"
"referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; cross-"
"referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; cross-"
"referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-"
"referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-"
"referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;cross-"
"references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cross-"
"references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#hd_id3145087.28.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-"
"References</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3159263.8.help.text
msgid ""
"Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in "
"a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference "
"that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" "
"name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3155860.21.help.text
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#hd_id3149833.38.help.text
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3149846.39.help.text
msgid ""
"Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets "
"in your text."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#hd_id3156105.52.help.text
msgid "To insert a target:"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3153408.40.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3153125.41.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3153125.41.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3149634.42.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select <emph>Set Reference</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3149614.43.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text "
"is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3145110.44.help.text
msgid ""
"Click <emph>Insert</emph>. The name of the target is added to the "
"<emph>Selection </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3156257.45.help.text
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#hd_id3153370.53.help.text
msgid "To create a cross-reference to a target:"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id7032074.help.text
msgid ""
"Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id7796868.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is "
"not open already."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3153392.46.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3154256.47.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to "
"cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3154856.48.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the "
"cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" "
"name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is "
"displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the "
"target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. "
"For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3155895.49.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3155895.49.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3148685.54.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3148685.54.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#hd_id3149980.29.help.text
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3149992.30.help.text
msgid ""
"You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, "
"drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To "
"add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert "
"- Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3147123.14.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3150212.11.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3150212.11.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3150236.32.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3150942.33.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object "
"that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3150968.34.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the "
"cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" "
"name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is "
"displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the "
"caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3150535.35.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3150535.35.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3151092.55.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3151092.55.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#hd_id3151115.56.help.text
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id3153594.51.help.text
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, press F9."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp#par_id7321390.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>View - Fields</emph> to switch between viewing the reference "
"names and the reference contents."
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#bm_id3149291.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-"
"references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; "
"modifying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;cross-"
"references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;cross-"
"references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#hd_id3149291.6.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-"
"References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3153132.2.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3149632.3.help.text
msgid ""
"If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose "
"<emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3149611.4.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3145101.7.help.text
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3154255.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the arrow buttons in the <emph>Edit Fields </emph>dialog to browse "
"through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#bm_id4825891.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>rows; register-true "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; register-"
"true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;register-"
"true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-"
"true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>register-true;pages and "
"paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spacing;register-true "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;register-true "
"text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10652.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-"
"true</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1065E.help.text
msgid "Setting a document to register-true printing"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10665.help.text
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10669.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10671.help.text
msgid "Select the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10678.help.text
msgid ""
"All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless "
"otherwise specified."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1067B.help.text
msgid "Exempting paragraphs from register-true printing"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682.help.text
msgctxt "registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10685.help.text
msgid ""
"Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - "
"Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1068C.help.text
msgid ""
"Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to "
"exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, "
"click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10698.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN106AA.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#bm_id3149687.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph marks;finding & "
"replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line "
"breaks;removing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; line "
"breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copies;removing line "
"breaks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#hd_id3155916.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line "
"Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3155858.2.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within "
"sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another "
"source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153413.3.help.text
msgid ""
"This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the "
"\"Default\" paragraph style. "
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153138.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph><emph>.</emph>"
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3149645.6.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line "
"paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the "
"minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, "
"and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12.help.text
msgctxt "removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145118.7.help.text
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3156253.8.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Apply Style </emph>box on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar, "
"choose <emph>Default</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153388.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: reset_format.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr ""

#: reset_format.xhp#bm_id3149963.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font "
"attributes; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; "
"resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resetting; "
"fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct "
"formatting;exiting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct "
"formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exiting;direct "
"formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: reset_format.xhp#hd_id3149963.26.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" "
"name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font "
"Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: reset_format.xhp#par_id3154091.27.help.text
msgid ""
"You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing the right-arrow key. For "
"example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text "
"that you type, press the right arrow to return to the default character "
"format of the paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: reset_format.xhp#par_id3155854.28.help.text
msgid ""
"To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then "
"choose the menu command <emph>Format - Default Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: resize_navigator.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr ""

#: resize_navigator.xhp#bm_id3145088.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and "
"resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting "
"window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking "
"and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator "
"window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: resize_navigator.xhp#hd_id3145088.26.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing "
"Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155916.25.help.text
msgid ""
"You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as "
"the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""

#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155861.27.help.text
msgid ""
"To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold "
"down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray "
"area in the window. Alternatively, press <item "
"type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr ""

#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3156096.28.help.text
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#bm_id8186284.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>rulers;using "
"rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal "
"rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical "
"rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on "
"rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on "
"rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on ru"
"lers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmar"
"k_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins "
"and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_idN1065F.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using "
"Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_idN1067D.help.text
msgid ""
"To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the "
"vertical ruler, choose <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" "
"name=\"Tools - Options - Writer - View\"><emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME "
"Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in "
"the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#hd_id3149686.20.help.text
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_id3155175.3.help.text
msgid ""
"The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the "
"rulers."
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#hd_id3149038.22.help.text
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_id3153631.23.help.text
msgid ""
"Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_id3152776.26.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) "
"that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom "
"right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. "
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_id3145769.27.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left "
"triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr ""

#: ruler.xhp#par_id3149164.12.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the "
"indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" "
"name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#bm_id3150099.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular "
"expressions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; with "
"wildcards</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>regular "
"expressions;searching</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples for regular "
"expressions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3150099.15.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text "
"Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155182.50.help.text
msgid ""
"You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For "
"example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155907.40.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id2142399.help.text
msgctxt "search_regexp.xhp#par_id2142399.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155861.41.help.text
msgid "Select the <emph>Regular expressions</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149843.42.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Search for </emph>box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) "
"that you want to use in your search."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3156113.51.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Find </emph>or<emph> Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3153401.52.help.text
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149641.44.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153136.43.help.text
msgid ""
"The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an "
"asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149609.45.help.text
msgid ""
"The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any "
"character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149854.46.help.text
msgid ""
"The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard "
"character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period "
"(^.)."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153414.49.help.text
msgid ""
"You can only search for regular expressions within the same paragraph. That "
"is, you cannot search for one term in a paragraph and a different term in "
"the next paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149875.48.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of "
"Wildcards</link>"
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#bm_id3149816.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;se"
"ctions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value><b"
"ookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting"
";sections, into normal "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#hd_id3149816.13.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" "
"name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3155858.14.help.text
msgid ""
"You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3154224.15.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - "
"Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149848.16.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Section </emph>list, click the section you want to modify. You "
"can press Ctrl+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click "
"or Ctrl+click to select some sections."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17.help.text
msgctxt "section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3153120.18.help.text
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149631.19.help.text
msgid ""
"To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected </emph>check box in "
"the <emph>Write Protection </emph>area."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149609.20.help.text
msgid ""
"To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide </emph>check box in the <emph>Hide "
"</emph>area."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149874.21.help.text
msgid "Set the other options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3156255.22.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - "
"Sections</link>"
msgstr ""

#: section_edit.xhp#par_id973540.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in "
"%PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>sections; "
"inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; "
"sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked "
"sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, "
"manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;inserting "
"sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149695.16.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting "
"Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3155917.26.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into "
"the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the "
"link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3155863.27.help.text
msgid "To insert a new section:"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149843.23.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the "
"text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3156103.28.help.text
msgid ""
"If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is "
"automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29.help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>New Section </emph>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153127.25.help.text
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149635.30.help.text
msgid "To insert a section as a link:"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149648.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in "
"the source document."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149611.18.help.text
msgid ""
"When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] "
"prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a "
"link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149860.22.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the "
"page in a web browsers, the content of the sections corresponds to the "
"content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3145104.32.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34.help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>New Section </emph>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153387.35.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Link </emph>area, select the <emph>Link </emph>check box. "
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can "
"also select the <emph>DDE</emph> check box to automatically update the "
"contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. "
"</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3154852.36.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) next to the <emph>File name "
"</emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3155882.37.help.text
msgid ""
"Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and "
"then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149978.38.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Section </emph>box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#bm_id3149832.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; "
"multi-column</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; on text "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text "
"columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections; "
"remarks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text "
"sections;using</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections; columns "
"in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#hd_id3149832.40.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" "
"name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3153128.2.help.text
msgid ""
"Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you "
"can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3149284.5.help.text
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3149630.4.help.text
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3149647.20.help.text
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3149612.38.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the "
"current page style."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3149855.7.help.text
msgid ""
"A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create "
"a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the "
"text."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3149872.8.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as "
"a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a "
"text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3153367.39.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in "
"front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt<"
"/defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#hd_id3154242.44.help.text
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3154255.41.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can "
"insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one "
"column."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3154845.42.help.text
msgid ""
"A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over "
"the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp#par_id3155883.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Checking Spelling in Other Languages"
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#bm_id3152443.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>languages; recognition "
"of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognition of "
"languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spellcheck;activating for all "
"languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>checking spelling;all "
"languages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#hd_id3152443.33.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"select_language\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling in "
"Other Languages\">Checking Spelling in Other Languages</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#par_id3155914.34.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] can check the spelling of words in more than one language, "
"provided that you have installed dictionaries for the other languages."
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#par_id3153122.35.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>, and "
"ensure that the <emph>Check in all languages</emph> check box in the "
"<emph>Options </emph>list is selected."
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#par_id3149643.39.help.text
msgid "Activate the AutoSpellcheck icon in the Standard bar."
msgstr ""

#: select_language.xhp#par_id3156257.37.help.text
msgid ""
"If you do not enable the <emph>Check in all languages </emph>feature, words "
"that do not occur in the default language of the document are underlined by "
"a wavy red line. To assign the underlined word to another language, right-"
"click the word, and then choose<emph> Word is </emph>or <emph>Paragraph "
"is</emph>, where the suggested language and country is shown in the command."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#bm_id3145087.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in "
"HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>homepage "
"creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;in HTML "
"format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#hd_id3145087.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" "
"name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML "
"Format</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#par_id3149825.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can "
"view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with "
"a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each "
"time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically "
"creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#par_id3155922.3.help.text
msgid ""
"When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document "
"are saved in JPEG format. The name of the HTML document is added as a prefix "
"to the name of the graphic file. The JPEG images are saved in the same "
"folder as the HTML document and are referenced with <IMG> tags in the HTML "
"code."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#par_id3155868.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for "
"example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new "
"HTML page."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#par_id3156100.6.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#par_id3149281.7.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Styles </emph>box, select the paragraph style that you want to "
"use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp#par_id3153407.9.help.text
msgid ""
"Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click "
"<emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#bm_id3149689.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while "
"typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while "
"typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;bold "
"formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bold;formatting while "
"typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold "
"formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3149689.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text "
"Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You "
"Type</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3155909.2.help.text
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149836.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3156112.6.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline "
"select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the "
"text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command "
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you "
"are finished."
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149648.12.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text "
"documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149611.13.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in "
"$[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#bm_id3155622.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect "
"function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart "
"tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart "
"tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id3563951.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using "
"Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id368358.help.text
msgid ""
"Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified "
"words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for "
"different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id9298379.help.text
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1827448.help.text
msgid ""
"Smart Tags can be supplied as <link "
"href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME "
"Writer. "
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id2508621.help.text
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id3856013.help.text
msgid ""
"Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt "
"file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension "
"Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id7814264.help.text
msgid ""
"Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the "
"default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id8142338.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags menu"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1917477.help.text
msgid ""
"Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a "
"magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id192266.help.text
msgid ""
"When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open "
"the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside "
"the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1998962.help.text
msgid ""
"In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for "
"this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link "
"href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - "
"Autocorrect Options."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id2376476.help.text
msgid "To enable and disable Smart Tags"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id349131.help.text
msgid ""
"When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link "
"href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item "
"type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to "
"enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1216467.help.text
msgid ""
"Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic "
"spellcheck."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Checking Spelling Manually"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#bm_id3149684.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents "
"manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>checking "
"spelling;manually</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#hd_id3149684.37.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling "
"Manually\">Checking Spelling Manually</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149814.9.help.text
msgid ""
"You can manually check the spelling of a text selection or the entire "
"document."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149828.10.help.text
msgid ""
"The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of "
"the text selection."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155859.43.help.text
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149836.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156104.45.help.text
msgid ""
"When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <emph>Spellcheck "
"</emph>dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46.help.text
msgctxt "spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3145099.47.help.text
msgid ""
"To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click "
"<emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156241.48.help.text
msgid ""
"Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155886.40.help.text
msgid ""
"To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click "
"<emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3147107.49.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling "
"and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id9625843.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/A"
"dding_More_Languages\">Wiki page: Adding more languages</link>"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id1683706.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/S"
"pellchecking_in_More_Languages\">Wiki page: Multiple language "
"spellchecking</link>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#bm_id3145084.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; "
"styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brush for "
"copying styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; "
"transferring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; copying and "
"pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text formats; copying and "
"pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#hd_id3145084.31.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in "
"Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3155855.42.help.text
msgid ""
"You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in "
"your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153128.33.help.text
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3145090.17.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the style, and then click the <emph>Fill Format Mode</emph> icon "
"<image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_fillstyle.png\" "
"width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt "
"id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <emph>Styles and "
"Formatting</emph> window."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153371.29.help.text
msgid ""
"Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, "
"and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the "
"items, and then release."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3154263.34.help.text
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and "
"Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>styles; creating from "
"selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new "
"styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;styles, from "
"selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3155911.34.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles "
"From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149829.35.help.text
msgid ""
"You can quickly create a new style from an existing style that you have "
"applied manual formatting to."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153119.37.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in "
"a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153138.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and "
"choose <emph>New Style from Selection </emph>from the submenu"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156260.43.help.text
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>Style Name </emph>box."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3153373.20.help.text
msgid "To create a new style by drag-and-drop:"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45.help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154851.32.help.text
msgid ""
"Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to "
"copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in "
"the page or frame."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154871.33.help.text
msgid ""
"Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and "
"release."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B2.help.text
msgid ""
"For Paragraph and Character Styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the "
"respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open "
"that style category in advance."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B5.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to "
"create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse "
"button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles "
"and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and "
"Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#bm_id3155915.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting "
"window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; updating from "
"selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; updating from "
"selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; "
"updating from selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating; styles, "
"from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#hd_id3155915.38.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From "
"Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3156107.47.help.text
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149283.41.help.text
msgid ""
"In the document, click where you want to copy the updated style from. For "
"example, click a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text
msgid ""
"In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to "
"update."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153119.43.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and "
"choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and "
"Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#bm_id3155174.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; subscript and "
"superscript</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscript "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscript "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters;subscript and "
"superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#hd_id3155174.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" "
"name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or "
"Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#par_id3155917.2.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28.help.text
msgctxt "subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#par_id3149829.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select "
"<emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#par_id3156111.3.help.text
msgid ""
"Press Ctrl+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and Ctrl+Shift+B to make "
"the text subscript."
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#par_id3153416.26.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - "
"Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr ""

#: subscript.xhp#par_id3154705.27.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - "
"Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#bm_id3147240.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>cells; "
"merging/splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; merging "
"cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell "
"merges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu "
"command</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id6618243.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting "
"Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id1211890.help.text
msgid ""
"You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. "
"Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id3463850.help.text
msgid "Merging Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id5708792.help.text
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id6301461.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id9156468.help.text
msgid "Splitting Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id3415936.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id4044312.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id634174.help.text
msgid ""
"A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally "
"or vertically."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#bm_id3156377.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in "
"tables by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; editing by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting "
"rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting cells;by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;cells, by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#hd_id3156377.22.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" "
"name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the "
"Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the "
"Keyboard</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149487.27.help.text
msgid ""
"You can add or delete rows or columns in table as well as split or merge "
"table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3155906.28.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press "
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defa"
"ultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up "
"or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the "
"table, and then press Tab."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3147412.25.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press "
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defa"
"ultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left "
"or right arrow key."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3156096.29.help.text
msgid ""
"To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt<"
"/defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctr"
"l</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow "
"key."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3153408.26.help.text
msgid ""
"To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt<"
"/defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow "
"key."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149626.30.help.text
msgid ""
"To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt<"
"/defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right "
"arrow key."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149612.31.help.text
msgid ""
"To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press "
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defa"
"ultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ct"
"rl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right "
"arrow key."
msgstr ""

#: table_delete.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr ""

#: table_delete.xhp#bm_id3149489.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table "
"contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_delete.xhp#hd_id3149489.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" "
"name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the "
"Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3155918.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the "
"table."
msgstr ""

#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3155863.5.help.text
msgid ""
"To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - "
"Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3153415.6.help.text
msgid ""
"To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctr"
"l</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then "
"press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#bm_id3156377.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; tables in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; inserting "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables "
"in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;inserting from "
"spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables in "
"spreadsheets;inserting in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables "
"from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3156377.31.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149489.32.help.text
msgid ""
"There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert "
"a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. "
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3155908.33.help.text
msgid "To insert a table from the Insert toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147416.28.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the "
"<emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153398.29.help.text
msgid ""
"In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you "
"want, and then release."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153416.30.help.text
msgid ""
"To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the "
"preview area of the grid."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3153135.35.help.text
msgid "To insert a table with a menu command"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149609.37.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. "
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149858.66.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3145097.67.help.text
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3149572.43.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44.help.text"
msgid ""
"Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you "
"want to insert."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45.help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154395.68.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154420.46.help.text
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153383.47.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. "
"To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154248.48.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154844.49.help.text
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154867.50.help.text
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3155893.51.help.text
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149986.52.help.text
msgid ""
"OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Com"
"mand</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or "
"drag-and-drop"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148674.53.help.text
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54.help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153027.55.help.text
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56.help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147104.57.help.text
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147126.58.help.text
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150223.59.help.text
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150246.60.help.text
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3145227.61.help.text
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150938.62.help.text
msgid "Text table"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150965.63.help.text
msgid ""
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under "
"Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154377.64.help.text
msgid ""
"<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and "
"contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3151093.38.help.text
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39.help.text"
msgid ""
"Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you "
"want to insert."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69.help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150534.40.help.text
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147527.41.help.text
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#bm_id3155870.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page "
"breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page "
"breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; repeating in "
"tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#hd_id3153406.6.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating "
"a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New "
"Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3149636.7.help.text
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3145098.8.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3156240.9.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the <emph>Heading </emph>and the <emph>Repeat heading </emph>check "
"boxes."
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153376.10.help.text
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11.help.text
msgctxt "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#bm_id7693411.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;sele"
"cting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><boo"
"kmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#par_idN105F0.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_select\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and "
"Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#par_idN1060E.help.text
msgid ""
"You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10614.help.text
msgid ""
"To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and "
"then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</case"
"inline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the "
"cells are selected."
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10633.help.text
msgid ""
"To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just "
"above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. "
"Click to select the table."
msgstr ""

#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10637.help.text
msgid ""
"To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of "
"the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to "
"select the row or column."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table "
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#bm_id3156108.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing "
"rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in "
"text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and "
"table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3156108.12.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" "
"name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns "
"in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153140.13.help.text
msgid ""
"You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the "
"height of table rows."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149615.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_optimizetable.png\" "
"width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">{ENTER ALTERNATE "
"DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3146497.22.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the "
"<emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar on the <emph>Table Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3145109.24.help.text
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149574.25.help.text
msgid "To change the width of a column:"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587.26.help.text
msgctxt "table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587.26.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3156246.21.help.text
msgid ""
"Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer "
"becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145390.27.help.text
msgid ""
"Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the "
"pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id0918200811260957.help.text
msgid ""
"Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</casei"
"nline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and "
"drag a line to scale all cells right or below the line."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145411.14.help.text
msgid ""
"Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt<"
"/defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right "
"arrow key."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153364.28.help.text
msgid ""
"To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the "
"table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option<"
"/caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and "
"then press the right arrow key."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3155891.29.help.text
msgid ""
"You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <emph>Tools - "
"Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that "
"you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149993.30.help.text
msgid "To change the width of a cell:"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3148676.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command"
"</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and "
"then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3153014.32.help.text
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153035.33.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold "
"down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinl"
"ine><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press "
"the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id8478041.help.text
msgid "Resizing a whole Table"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3358867.help.text
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id5366679.help.text
msgid ""
"Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and "
"the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id1279030.help.text
msgid ""
"Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table "
"Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id5009308.help.text
msgid ""
"To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to "
"another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, "
"press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinlin"
"e><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the "
"whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id4190496.help.text
msgid ""
"Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and "
"commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#bm_id3155856.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>table mode "
"selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of "
"tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table "
"cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of "
"rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of "
"rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#hd_id3155856.7.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" "
"name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows "
"and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149835.12.help.text
msgid ""
"When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the "
"<emph>Behavior of rows/columns</emph> options determine how the neighboring "
"elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns "
"into a table with <emph>Fixed</emph> row and column dimensions if space "
"permits."
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#par_id7344279.help.text
msgid ""
"Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width "
"that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any "
"column width changes."
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3156110.8.help.text
msgid ""
"To set the <emph>Behavior of rows/columns </emph>options for tables in text "
"documents, choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - "
"Table</emph>, or use the <emph>Fixed</emph>, "
"<emph>Fixed/Proportional</emph>, and <emph>Variable</emph> icons on the "
"<emph>Table Bar</emph>. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149638.9.help.text
msgid ""
"<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the "
"entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes "
"narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149613.10.help.text
msgid ""
"<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide "
"cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, "
"the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the "
"table remains constant."
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149864.11.help.text
msgid ""
"<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you "
"widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>document "
"templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; creating document "
"templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#hd_id3149688.62.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"template_create\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document "
"Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149492.63.help.text
msgid ""
"You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text "
"documents."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3155915.64.help.text
msgid ""
"Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65.help.text
msgctxt "template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149829.66.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>New Template </emph>box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3156098.70.help.text
msgid "Select a template category in the <emph>Categories </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71.help.text
msgctxt "template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3153404.67.help.text
msgid ""
"To create a document based on the template, choose<emph> File - New - "
"Templates and Documents</emph>, select the template, and then click<emph> "
"Open</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149636.68.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save\">File "
"- Templates - Save</link>"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#bm_id3155913.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>default templates; "
"defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; "
"templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; default "
"templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;default "
"templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#hd_id3155913.28.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"template_default\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default "
"Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3145569.68.help.text
msgid ""
"The default template contains the default formatting information for new "
"text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the "
"default template."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149838.102.help.text
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149283.106.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3153409.114.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Categories </emph>list, select \"My Templates\", and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - "
"Organize\"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149952.108.help.text
msgid "In the category list, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149970.105.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click the template that you created, and choose <emph>Set as Default "
"Template</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#hd_id3149867.109.help.text
msgid "To reset the default template:"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110.help.text"
msgid ""
"Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - "
"Organize\"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149582.111.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click a folder in the category list, choose<emph> Reset Default "
"Template - Text Document</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#bm_id3153396.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and "
"templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; styles and "
"templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing; templates "
"(guide)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; organizing "
"(guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3153396.15.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and "
"Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149635.2.help.text
msgid ""
"A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, "
"tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for "
"creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and "
"character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then "
"use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149957.18.help.text
msgid ""
"Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based "
"on the default template."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149974.3.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" "
"name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to "
"create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3149613.4.help.text
msgid "Viewing and Organizing Styles in Templates"
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#par_idN106B0.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template "
"Management\">Template Management</link> dialog to copy styles from one "
"document to another."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.7.help.text
msgid "To copy a style, drag it to another template or document."
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#bm_id3151182.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effects; text "
"animation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#hd_id3151182.17.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating "
"Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3145080.18.help.text
msgid ""
"You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as "
"rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then "
"double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3149811.19.help.text
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3155178.20.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Object - Text Attributes</emph>, and then click "
"the<emph> Text Animation</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3149819.21.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Effect </emph>box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr ""

#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3145786.22.help.text
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#bm_id3155182.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or "
"lowercase</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; uppercase or "
"lowercase</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowercase letters; "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small "
"letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;cases of "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>initial capitals in "
"titles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155182.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" "
"name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of "
"Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3155916.2.help.text
msgid ""
"You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or "
"capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_idN10728.help.text
msgid ""
"When you apply a formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, "
"the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other "
"hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Change Case</emph>, the text is "
"permanently changed."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155861.8.help.text
msgid "To capitalize text:"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3147420.9.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10.help.text
msgctxt "text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3156109.6.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Change Case - Uppercase</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3153414.4.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font Effects</emph> "
"tab, and then select the type of capitalization in the <emph>Effects</emph> "
"box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all of the letters in the selection. \"Title\" "
"capitalizes the first letter of each word in the selection. \"Small capitals\" "
"capitalizes every letter in the selection, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3149644.11.help.text
msgid "To change text to lowercase:"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149964.12.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13.help.text
msgctxt "text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149855.7.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Change Case - Lowercase</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3145093.5.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose<emph> Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font Effects</emph> "
"tab, and then select \"Lowercase\" in the<emph> Effects</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#bm_id3155177.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centering;text frames on "
"pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title pages; centering text "
"on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#hd_id3155177.94.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center "
"Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155920.78.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155868.79.help.text
msgctxt "text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155868.79.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3152765.82.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Anchor </emph>area, select <emph>To page</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149844.95.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Size </emph>area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3156114.96.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Position </emph>area, select \"Center\" in the <emph>Horizontal "
"</emph>and <emph>Vertical </emph>boxes."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97.help.text
msgctxt "text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149615.84.help.text
msgid ""
"To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose "
"<emph>Format - Frame/Object</emph>. Click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab, and "
"then click in the<emph> Set No Border</emph> box in the<emph> Line "
"Arrangement</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3145098.83.help.text
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#bm_id3155178.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text "
"with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; "
"settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct "
"cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct "
"cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct "
"cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#hd_id3155178.24.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct "
"Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155908.25.help.text
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155921.41.help.text
msgid ""
"To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph>Tools - Options - "
"%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106A3.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Tools</emph> bar, click the <emph>Direct Cursor</emph> icon "
"<image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_shadowcursor.png\" "
"width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C5.help.text
msgid ""
"Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to "
"reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C8.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"3.7mm\" "
"height=\"8.2mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106E4.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"6.09mm\" "
"height=\"8.2mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN10700.help.text
msgid ""
"<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"3.97mm\" "
"height=\"8.2mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid ""
"Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of "
"blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#bm_id3149820.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; "
"emphasizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>emphasizing "
"text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#hd_id3149820.65.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing "
"Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3155922.66.help.text
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3147412.67.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as "
"<emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3149840.68.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options "
"that you want, for example, the background color, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3150084.69.help.text
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <emph>Insert Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id6924649.help.text
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. "
msgstr ""

#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_idN106E7.help.text
msgid ""
"Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon "
"on the Drawing bar."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#bm_id3149487.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text frames; "
"inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;text "
"frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text "
"frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by "
"mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by "
"mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;text "
"frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to "
"frame</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; "
"linking</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from "
"printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3149487.3.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" "
"name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and "
"Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149842.65.help.text
msgid ""
"A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place "
"anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to "
"text."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3156104.64.help.text
msgid "Inserting Text Frames"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149961.5.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149602.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3145115.66.help.text
msgid "Editing Text Frames"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149578.16.help.text
msgid ""
"To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the "
"changes that you want."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3156239.14.help.text
msgid ""
"To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting "
"option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose "
"<emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3156261.63.help.text
msgid ""
"To resize a text frame, click an edge of frame, and drag one of the edges or "
"corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the "
"proportion of the frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3153386.98.help.text
msgid "Hiding Text From Printing"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154262.99.help.text
msgid ""
"Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on "
"screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154858.100.help.text
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3155875.101.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object - Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3155899.102.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box "
"and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3148701.83.help.text
msgid "Linking Text Frames"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149986.84.help.text
msgid ""
"You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow "
"from one frame to another."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3153025.71.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on "
"the edges of the frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150223.87.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Frame</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Link Frames</emph> icon "
"<image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png\" "
"width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">{ENTER ALTERNATE "
"DESCRIPTION HERE}</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150930.89.help.text
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150947.75.help.text
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150969.76.help.text
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154365.77.help.text
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154383.78.help.text
msgid ""
"The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you "
"cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3145559.79.help.text
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3145577.81.help.text
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3151083.90.help.text
msgid ""
"When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked "
"frames."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp#par_id5853144.help.text
msgid ""
"The Autosize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of "
"linked frames."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#bm_id3159260.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;text, with "
"keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting "
"in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#hd_id3159260.33.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting "
"With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the "
"Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155179.13.help.text
msgid ""
"You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571916.help.text
msgid ""
"To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following "
"table."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571929.help.text
msgid ""
"To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the "
"Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155918.23.help.text
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155870.24.help.text
msgid "Function"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156220.25.help.text
msgid ""
"<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline "
"select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl "
"key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156113.26.help.text
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3150105.27.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153418.28.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149629.29.help.text
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149949.30.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149972.31.help.text
msgid ""
"(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinl"
"ine><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the "
"current paragraph up or down."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32.help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149871.56.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145108.34.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35.help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36.help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156260.37.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145409.38.help.text
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press "
"again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to "
"move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41.help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153372.42.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154235.43.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44.help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45.help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154873.46.help.text
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155894.47.help.text
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again "
"to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the "
"cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155944.50.help.text
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148678.54.help.text
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148701.52.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149998.53.help.text
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153018.51.help.text
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148949.55.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text; "
"rotating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#hd_id3155911.65.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" "
"name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3147410.66.help.text
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3153130.67.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>View - Toolbars- Drawing</emph> to open the <emph>Drawing "
"</emph>toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149866.68.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" "
"name=\"Text\"><emph>Text</emph></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" "
"height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149590.69.help.text
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154415.71.help.text
msgid ""
"Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the "
"<link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation "
"Mode\"><emph>Rotate</emph></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" "
"height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the "
"<emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154252.72.help.text
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154844.73.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and "
"Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation "
"angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3155888.74.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show "
"Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#bm_id3155185.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external "
"content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text "
"documents;merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;inserting text "
"documents as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text "
"documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3155185.23.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text "
"Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3147412.30.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149839.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click "
"<emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3148858.32.help.text
msgid ""
"The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and "
"are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to "
"automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as "
"a link."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3156105.33.help.text
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153127.36.help.text
msgid ""
"Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the "
"<emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149642.37.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>File Name </emph>box, type the name of the file that you want "
"to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and locate the "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149968.38.help.text
msgid ""
"If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section "
"that you want to insert in the<emph> Sections</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149619.39.help.text
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3145099.41.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section "
"whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of "
"the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value"
">separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic "
"hyphenation in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in "
"text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149695.20.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" "
"name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155918.31.help.text
msgid ""
"By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next "
"line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this "
"behavior: "
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3155864.30.help.text
msgid "Automatic hyphenation"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3147414.22.help.text
msgid ""
"Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. "
"This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual "
"paragraphs."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149832.51.help.text
msgid "To automatically hyphenate text in a paragraph:"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3148850.32.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156104.34.help.text
msgid ""
"Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text "
"Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3150101.35.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Hyphenation </emph>area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> "
"check box."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149629.53.help.text
msgid "To automatically hyphenate text in multiple paragraphs:"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149644.33.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a "
"paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149956.48.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" "
"paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to "
"hyphenate."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149611.54.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149867.55.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose "
"<emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145106.56.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145106.56.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Text Flow </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149582.57.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> "
"check box."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145400.59.help.text
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3145417.36.help.text
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154400.23.help.text
msgid ""
"You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] "
"search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153363.24.help.text
msgid ""
"To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the "
"hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">C"
"ommand</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen"
"(-)."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154244.37.help.text
msgid ""
"If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the "
"manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. "
"A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the "
"settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3154847.60.help.text
msgid "To manually hyphenate text in a selection:"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154869.61.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155886.26.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155943.62.help.text
msgid ""
"When $[officename] encounters a word to hyphenate, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153017.27.help.text
msgid "To accept the hyphenation suggestion, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3148949.63.help.text
msgid ""
"To insert the hyphen in another part of the word, click the arrow buttons."
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text"
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3155186.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and "
"off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; "
"bulleted</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmar"
"k_value><bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>r"
"emoving;bullets in text "
"documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;bulleting "
"symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155186.6.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding "
"Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149829.7.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149635.16.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> "
"icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" "
"height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145403.17.help.text
msgid ""
"To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the "
"<emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3154403.26.help.text
msgid "Formatting Bullets"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154416.9.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the formatting of bulleted list, choose <emph>Format - Bullets and "
"Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153390.14.help.text
msgid ""
"For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <emph>Options</emph> "
"tab, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) next to "
"<emph>Character</emph>, and then select a special character. You can also "
"click the <emph>Graphics</emph> tab, and then click a symbol style in the "
"<emph>Selection </emph>area."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#bm_id3147418.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and "
"off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering "
"on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;numbered "
"lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3147418.15.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding "
"Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153396.23.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149968.24.help.text
msgid ""
"On the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> "
"icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" "
"src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" "
"height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149573.29.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the "
"list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153365.25.help.text
msgid ""
"To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the "
"<emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3154233.30.help.text
msgid "Formatting a Numbered List"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3154246.16.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose "
"<emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#bm_id3155174.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by "
"styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual numbering in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph "
"styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155174.30.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering "
"Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149818.26.help.text
msgid ""
"You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3155866.33.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the "
"<emph>Numbering On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153405.27.help.text
msgid ""
"You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "
"\"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10711.help.text
msgid ""
"When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item "
"type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next "
"paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press "
"Enter again."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072B.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of "
"the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072F.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, "
"select a character or word in the paragraph, choose Bullets and Numbering, "
"and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10733.help.text
msgid ""
"To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, "
"ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose Bullets and Numbering, and "
"then click a new format. "
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10737.help.text
msgid ""
"To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, "
"select all paragraphs, choose Bullets and Numbering, and then click a "
"format."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1073A.help.text
msgid ""
"You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" "
"name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a "
"numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click "
"the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3153123.34.help.text
msgid "To apply numbering with a Paragraph Style"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153137.31.help.text
msgid ""
"Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a "
"document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs "
"using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149646.35.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the "
"<emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149599.36.help.text
msgid ""
"Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and "
"then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149850.37.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149874.38.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Numbering Styles</emph> box, select the type of numbering that "
"you want to use."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39.help.text
msgctxt "using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149589.40.help.text
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#bm_id3145576.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related "
"words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>related words in "
"thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spelling in "
"thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries; "
"thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lexicon, see "
"thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_va"
"lue><bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#hd_id3145576.15.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" "
"name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149820.16.help.text
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms, and related words."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155920.17.help.text
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155867.39.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctr"
"l</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149848.40.help.text
msgid ""
"In the <emph>Meaning </emph>list, select the definition that matches the "
"context of the word."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3153136.45.help.text
msgid "Select the replacement word in the <emph>Synonym </emph>list."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149644.46.help.text
msgctxt "using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149644.46.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3145113.18.help.text
msgid ""
"To look up the word in a different language, click <emph>Language </emph>in "
"the<emph> Thesaurus</emph> dialog, select one of the installed languages, "
"and then click <emph>OK</emph>. In the <emph>Thesaurus</emph> dialog, click "
"<emph>Search</emph>. The thesaurus may not be available for all installed "
"languages."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3156263.19.help.text
msgid ""
"If you applied a different language setting to individual words, or "
"paragraphs, the thesaurus for the applied language is used."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3154392.41.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#bm_id3148882.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>automatic word "
"completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>completion of "
"words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word "
"completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word "
"completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;word "
"completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>switching off;word "
"completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deactivating;word "
"completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>refusing word "
"completions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rejecting word "
"completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN10751.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text "
"Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1076F.help.text
msgid ""
"$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. "
"When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, "
"$[officename] automatically completes the word. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_id3149346.91.help.text
msgid ""
"If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the "
"three letters that you type, press <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline "
"select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctr"
"l</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</item> to cycle through the available "
"words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <item "
"type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</"
"caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab</ite"
"m>. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1078D.help.text
msgid " Using word completion "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN10794.help.text
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079B.help.text
msgid " To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079E.help.text
msgid " Switching off the word completion "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN107A5.help.text
msgid ""
" Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph><emph> - Word "
"Completion</emph> . "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN107AD.help.text
msgid " Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp#par_id7504806.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the "
"Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#bm_id3148882.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>settings;word "
"completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word "
"completion;settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;word "
"completion settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically "
"completing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>months; automatically "
"completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#hd_id4745017.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link "
"href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word "
"Completion for Text Documents</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id4814294.help.text
msgid ""
"If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you "
"frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behaviour. "
"If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that "
"it can be used in the next session. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2593462.help.text
msgid ""
"To fine-tune the word completion choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Word "
"Completion</emph> and select any of the following options: "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107C6.help.text
msgid " Inserting an additional space character "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B03.help.text
msgid " Select <emph>Append space</emph>. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B0E.help.text
msgid ""
" The space character is appended after you type the first character of the "
"next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed "
"if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line "
"character. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107CC.help.text
msgid " Selecting the accept key "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B20.help.text
msgid ""
" Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept "
"with</emph> list box. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D2.help.text
msgid " Selecting the number of characters "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B36.help.text
msgid ""
" Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of "
"characters a word must have to be collected into the list. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D8.help.text
msgid " Selecting the scope of collected words "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B4C.help.text
msgid ""
" Select <emph>When closing a document, save the list for later use in other "
"documents</emph>. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B53.help.text
msgid ""
" Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you "
"close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B56.help.text
msgid ""
" If you do not select the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the "
"current document is open. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2634968.help.text
msgid ""
"If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME "
"session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107DE.help.text
msgid " Working with the word list"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B94.help.text
msgid ""
" If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are "
"recognized by the spellcheck are collected. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA1.help.text
msgid ""
" Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for "
"the word completion feature. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA7.help.text
msgid ""
" Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for "
"word completion. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BAB.help.text
msgid " The word completion feature collects the words. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107ED.help.text
msgid " Select all or some of the words in the list. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid ""
" Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline"
"><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected "
"words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save "
"it to get a reference list of collected words. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BC6.help.text
msgid ""
" Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, "
"so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words. "
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10809.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion </link>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id5458845.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word "
"Completion</link>"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#bm_id3149686.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>words; counting in "
"text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of "
"words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; number of "
"words/characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; number of "
"words/characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; "
"counting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of "
"characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting "
"words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#hd_id3149686.1.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" "
"name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#par_idN106D1.help.text
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#par_id3149821.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#par_idN106E2.help.text
msgid ""
"To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - "
"Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp#par_id3147418.4.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - "
"Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#bm_id3154486.help.text
msgid ""
"<bookmark_value>text wrap around "
"objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>contour "
"editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>contour "
"wrap</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; formatting around "
"objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; contour "
"wrap</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; contour "
"wrap</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing "
"contours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editors;contour "
"editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3154486.8.help.text
msgid ""
"<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping "
"Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9.help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3155907.10.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that "
"you want to apply."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3155859.4.help.text
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3149834.14.help.text
msgid "Specifying the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15.help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153396.11.help.text
msgid ""
"Choose <emph>Format - Graphics</emph>, and then click the <link "
"href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153370.5.help.text
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3154247.17.help.text
msgid "To change the wrapping contour of a graphic:"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154262.18.help.text
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154860.19.help.text
msgid ""
"Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit "
"Contour</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150231.7.help.text
msgid ""
"Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <emph>Apply "
"</emph>icon (green check mark)."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150947.21.help.text
msgid "Close the <emph>Contour Editor </emph>window."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text
msgid ""
"<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour "
"Editor</link>"
msgstr ""
